summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2022-02-06 03:01:17 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2022-02-06 03:01:17 +0000
commit350b3e35109171f0edd6fe9d697b91d5e76561f9 (patch)
treec6eac90d0b35dec36fa17ee58b736e55d6e42755 /macros/latex/contrib
parent08ccf305ee79ab8e5ba9d1a8f3d22e74dccedd80 (diff)
CTAN sync 202202060301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/README.md6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.md53
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.pdfbin72052 -> 78358 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.tex135
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.bib9
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified.bbx158
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdfbin576018 -> 576018 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/dvisvgm.def11
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/CHANGELOG.md8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/README.md4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.pdfbin308021 -> 308229 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.pdfbin403857 -> 404059 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-boxes.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-code.pdfbin668741 -> 667718 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-layers.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-paths.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-points.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-scopes.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-softpath.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-state.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-transforms.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.pdfbin517196 -> 517401 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.pdfbin408400 -> 408601 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.pdfbin383488 -> 383689 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.pdfbin334543 -> 334749 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.pdfbin367483 -> 367684 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.pdfbin347508 -> 347717 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.dtx8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.pdfbin393851 -> 394161 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.pdfbin299189 -> 299384 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/CHANGELOG.md16
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.pdfbin622339 -> 622534 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.pdfbin1764183 -> 1764443 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx28
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3box.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3cctab.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3color.dtx224
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3debug.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx27
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.pdfbin0 -> 551471 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdfbin151363 -> 151570 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3file.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fparray.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3int.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3intarray.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3kernel-functions.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx27
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3legacy.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3names.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news.pdfbin395879 -> 395879 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news01.pdfbin122710 -> 122710 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news02.pdfbin150676 -> 150676 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news03.pdfbin148702 -> 148702 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news04.pdfbin114588 -> 114588 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news05.pdfbin112487 -> 112487 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news06.pdfbin151573 -> 151573 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news07.pdfbin128309 -> 128309 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news08.pdfbin163454 -> 163454 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news09.pdfbin250139 -> 250139 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news10.pdfbin150279 -> 150279 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news11.pdfbin170063 -> 170063 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news12.pdfbin204990 -> 204990 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3pdf.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.csv8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.pdfbin80935 -> 80970 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3regex.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str-convert.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdfbin295820 -> 296009 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdfbin242489 -> 242685 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.pdfbin230882 -> 231077 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-case.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-purify.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl-analysis.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3token.dtx18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3unicode.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.pdfbin6920139 -> 6934491 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/english/README-TRANSLATION.md (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/README-TRANSLATION.md)0
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-dutch.pdfbin199009 -> 113934 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-english.pdfbin194657 -> 194646 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-french.pdfbin251463 -> 251468 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-german.pdfbin202043 -> 202038 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/issue.pdfbin396986 -> 397553 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/sample.pdfbin193276 -> 193330 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.bib65
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.pdfbin0 -> 339327 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.tex2104
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/nwejm-fr.pdfbin335969 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm-examples-template.dtx22
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm.dtx470
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/README9
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-brazil.trsl2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-catalan.trsl2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-dutch.trsl2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-english.trsl2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-french.trsl2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-german.trsl2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-polish.trsl132
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-spanish.trsl2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations-manual.pdf (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations_en.pdf)bin515117 -> 515442 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations-manual.tex (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations_en.tex)13
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations.sty10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/README17
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.bbx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.cbx4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.pdfbin248395 -> 249650 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.tex3
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.pdfbin455929 -> 456033 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.tex7
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.pdfbin450528 -> 450553 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.tex7
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.pdfbin455739 -> 455886 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.tex11
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.pdfbin340706 -> 340866 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-expose.cls11
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-paper.cls16
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-thesis.cls16
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-wlg.cls4
180 files changed, 3469 insertions, 474 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/README.md
index b4398c0963..29120705d3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
biblatex-unified
================
-`biblatex-unified` is an opinionated biblatex implementation of the [Unified Stylesheet for Linguistics Journal](https://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/unified-style-sheet). The stylesheet was developed by [CELxJ, the Committee of Editors of Linguistics Journals](https://www.linguisticsociety.org/about/who-we-are/committees/editors-linguistics-journals-celxj).
+`biblatex-unified` is an opinionated biblatex implementation of the [Unified Stylesheet for Linguistics Journals](https://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/unified-style-sheet). The stylesheet was developed by [CELxJ, the Committee of Editors of Linguistics Journals](https://www.linguisticsociety.org/about/who-we-are/committees/editors-linguistics-journals-celxj).
The first implementation of the stylesheet for LaTeX was [`sp.bst`](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/semprag/tex/master/sp.cls), developed for the house-style of the journal [*Semantics and Pragmatics*](http://semprag.org) (*S&P*). Bridget Samuels produced a revised version `unified.bst`, which has largely disappeared from the internet.
@@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ If you are not using the *S&P* document class, you can still use this style by a
maxbibnames=99]{biblatex}
```
+The unified citation style relies on hyperlinking between in-text citations and the bibliography. So, the `hyperref` package is required. It is automatically loaded by `sp.cls` but if you use a different document class and `hyperref` is not loaded by that class, you need to add `\usepackage{hyperref}` to your preamble as well.
+
If you were previously using `natbib`, remove `\usepackage{natbib}` and any accompanying `\bibliographystyle{...}` and `\bibpunct{...}` settings.
You might also find it helpful to add `natbib` to the list of options (`\usepackage[..., natbib]{biblatex}`), to load biblatex's `natbib` compatibility module, which implements common `natbib` commands like `\citet`, `\citep`, `\citealt`, `\citealp`, etc.
@@ -68,7 +70,7 @@ pandoc -f markdown -t latex biblatex-unified.md -s\
## License and copyright
-Copyright ©2020 Kai von Fintel.
+Copyright ©2022 Kai von Fintel.
This package is author-maintained. Permission is granted to copy, distribute
and/or modify this software under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.md b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.md
index e9bdf19081..294ca5aa17 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
title: biblatex-unified
author: Kai von Fintel (fintel@mit.edu)
-date: 2020-05-25
+date: 2022-02-05
colorlinks: true
numbersections: true
...
@@ -54,6 +54,8 @@ If you are not using the *S&P* document class, you can still use this style by a
maxbibnames=99]{biblatex}
```
+The unified citation style relies on hyperlinking between in-text citations and the bibliography. So, the `hyperref` package is required. It is automatically loaded by `sp.cls` but if you use a different document class and `hyperref` is not loaded by that class, you need to add `\usepackage{hyperref}` to your preamble as well.
+
If you were previously using `natbib`{.latex}, remove `\usepackage{natbib}`{.latex} and any accompanying `\bibliographystyle{...}`{.latex} and `\bibpunct{...}`{.latex} settings.
You might also find it helpful to add `natbib`{.latex} to the list of options (`\usepackage[..., natbib]{biblatex}`{.latex}), to load biblatex's `natbib`{.latex} compatibility module, which implements common `natbib`{.latex} commands like `\citet`{.latex}, `\citep`{.latex}, `\citealt`{.latex}, `\citealp`{.latex}, etc.
@@ -225,7 +227,6 @@ NB: biblatex-unified is the only biblatex style that we know of that implements
`biblatex-unified`: We take it that this does not refer to material that has officially been published online, in which case permanent document identifiers such as DOIs and the like will take care of the linking requirements. Rather, we are assuming this refers to "unpublished" material available online (on author's homepages or repositories such as the Semantics Archive or LingBuzz). In this case, just use the `@unpublished` entry-type, give the URL in the `url = {}` field, and if deemed necessary include the date the material was accessed by adding an `urldate = {}` field. The date should be given in YYYY-MM-DD format, e.g. `urldate = {2013-08-11}`. The style will then add the date in parentheses, formatted to the style sheet's rather odd format.
-
# Departures from the Unified Style Sheet
We already mentioned our one major disagreement with the Unified Style Sheet: the incorrect treatment of the "von" part of names.
@@ -237,6 +238,29 @@ We depart from the style sheet only in a few other places. These are actually on
3. In the one case of an online journal article, the Pedersen 2005 entry, the example has a comma between the journal + volume and the URL. We think that this is analogous to the break between journal + volume(issue) and page numbers, and so it should be a period instead of a comma. That is what `biblatex-unified` does.
4. There is a period between the URL and the URL access date (which is in parentheses). We do not think that this period should be there. `biblatex-unified` has a space.
+# Additional remarks on DOIs and other links
+
+The Unified Style Sheet was devised before the widespread use of DOIs to identify the source of materials that are available electronically. It is good practice for authors to include DOIs in their bib-file for anything that has a DOI. Most modern publications prominently display the DOI on the first page of the work and/or in the metadata. Sometimes a DOI is harder to find, but [Google Scholar](http://scholar.google.com/) and [crossref.org/SimpleTextQuery](http://crossref.org/SimpleTextQuery/) can help. `biblatex-unified` displays DOIs as a full link (such as `https://doi.org/10.3765/sp.10.1`) in accordance with [the guidelines imposed by Crossref](https://www.crossref.org/display-guidelines/). If you would like a more compact display (`DOI:10.3765/sp.10.1`), you can achieve this by adding the `compactdois` package option to the `\usepackage`{.latex} command:
+
+```latex
+ \usepackage[backend=biber,
+ style=unified,
+ maxcitenames=3,
+ maxbibnames=99,
+ compactdois]{biblatex}
+```
+
+If you're using the `sp.cls` document class with the `biblatex` option, you should instead add this to the preamble: `\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{compactdois}`{.latex}, if you want compact DOIs
+
+When `biblatex-unified` is used with the up-todate version of the `sp.cls` documentclass, once a bibentry has a DOI, a link in the `url` field will not also be displayed. If you want to achieve this effect with other document classes, you can add the following to your preamble after loading `biblatex-unified`:
+
+```latex
+\DeclareSourcemap{
+ \maps[datatype=bibtex]{
+ \map{\step[fieldsource=doi,final]
+ \step[fieldset=url,null]
+ \step[fieldset=urldate,null]}}}
+```
# Guidelines for the preparation of bib files
@@ -251,16 +275,25 @@ For convenience, we repeat the best practices for preparing your bib file for us
# License and copyright
-Copyright ©2020 Kai von Fintel.
+Copyright ©2022 Kai von Fintel.
-This package is author-maintained. Permission is granted to copy, distribute
-and/or modify this software under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License,
-version 1.3c.
+This package is author-maintained. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c.
-This software is provided “as is,” without warranty of any kind, either
-expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
-merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
+This software is provided “as is,” without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
# Changelog and release notes
-**v1.00 (2020-05-25)** Initial CTAN release.
+## v1.00 (2020-05-25) {-}
+
+- Initial CTAN release.
+
+## v1.01 (2020-09-11) {-}
+
+- Added note that `hyperref` is required.
+
+## v1.10 (2022-02-05) {-}
+
+- Internal refactoring of handling of "von"-names
+- Changed `&` to be glued to previous author
+- Added `compactdois` option
+- Added documentation on DOIs
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.pdf
index f068ad0fc1..68d19f6531 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.tex
index 815f146267..936bc27ad4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/biblatex-unified.tex
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
% Options for packages loaded elsewhere
\PassOptionsToPackage{unicode}{hyperref}
\PassOptionsToPackage{hyphens}{url}
-\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsnames,svgnames*,x11names*}{xcolor}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names}{xcolor}
%
\documentclass[
]{article}
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
\usepackage{lmodern}
-\usepackage{amssymb,amsmath}
-\usepackage{ifxetex,ifluatex}
-\ifnum 0\ifxetex 1\fi\ifluatex 1\fi=0 % if pdftex
+\usepackage{iftex}
+\ifPDFTeX
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
\usepackage{textcomp} % provide euro and other symbols
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
pdftitle={biblatex-unified},
pdfauthor={Kai von Fintel (fintel@mit.edu)},
colorlinks=true,
- linkcolor=Maroon,
- filecolor=Maroon,
- citecolor=Blue,
- urlcolor=Blue,
+ linkcolor={Maroon},
+ filecolor={Maroon},
+ citecolor={Blue},
+ urlcolor={Blue},
pdfcreator={LaTeX via pandoc}}
\urlstyle{same} % disable monospaced font for URLs
\usepackage{color}
@@ -90,10 +90,13 @@
\providecommand{\tightlist}{%
\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5}
+\ifLuaTeX
+ \usepackage{selnolig} % disable illegal ligatures
+\fi
\title{biblatex-unified}
\author{Kai von Fintel (fintel@mit.edu)}
-\date{2020-05-25}
+\date{2022-02-05}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
@@ -196,6 +199,13 @@ but before
\end{Highlighting}
\end{Shaded}
+The unified citation style relies on hyperlinking between in-text
+citations and the bibliography. So, the \texttt{hyperref} package is
+required. It is automatically loaded by \texttt{sp.cls} but if you use a
+different document class and \texttt{hyperref} is not loaded by that
+class, you need to add \texttt{\textbackslash{}usepackage\{hyperref\}}
+to your preamble as well.
+
If you were previously using \VERB|\NormalTok{natbib}|, remove
\VERB|\BuiltInTok{\textbackslash{}usepackage}\NormalTok{\{}\ExtensionTok{natbib}\NormalTok{\}}|
and any accompanying
@@ -246,17 +256,17 @@ to the sample bibliography in the Unified Stylesheet guidelines.
\subsection{Producing the
documentation}\label{producing-the-documentation}}
-The documentation consists of the \VERB|\NormalTok{README.md}| file and
-this PDF. The PDF can be regenerated by typesetting the
-\VERB|\NormalTok{tex}| source file with \VERB|\NormalTok{xelatex}|. The
-\VERB|\NormalTok{tex}| is actually itself generated from the underlying
-\VERB|\NormalTok{md}| markdown file via \VERB|\NormalTok{pandoc}| with
-the following incantation:
+The documentation consists of the \VERB|\ExtensionTok{README.md}| file
+and this PDF. The PDF can be regenerated by typesetting the
+\VERB|\ExtensionTok{tex}| source file with
+\VERB|\ExtensionTok{xelatex}|. The \VERB|\ExtensionTok{tex}| is actually
+itself generated from the underlying \VERB|\ExtensionTok{md}| markdown
+file via \VERB|\ExtensionTok{pandoc}| with the following incantation:
\begin{Shaded}
\begin{Highlighting}[]
-\NormalTok{pandoc {-}f markdown {-}t latex biblatex{-}unified.md {-}s}\DataTypeTok{\textbackslash{} }
-\NormalTok{{-}o biblatex{-}unified.tex {-}{-}highlight{-}style=kate}
+\ExtensionTok{pandoc} \AttributeTok{{-}f}\NormalTok{ markdown }\AttributeTok{{-}t}\NormalTok{ latex biblatex{-}unified.md }\AttributeTok{{-}s}\DataTypeTok{\textbackslash{} }
+\ExtensionTok{{-}o}\NormalTok{ biblatex{-}unified.tex }\AttributeTok{{-}{-}highlight{-}style}\OperatorTok{=}\NormalTok{kate}
\end{Highlighting}
\end{Shaded}
@@ -424,7 +434,7 @@ Sheet.
9. \textbf{Parentheses around ed.~makes sense.} Commas and periods
should be used exclusively to separate citation components (e.g.,
``Author. Year.''), or subcomponents (e.g.~``author1, author2 \&
-author3). Since''ed." is neither a component nor a subcomponent, but a
+author3). Since''ed.'' is neither a component nor a subcomponent, but a
modifier of a component, it should not be separated from the name by a
comma:
\end{quote}
@@ -685,6 +695,57 @@ pertain to any explicit guidelines.
\texttt{biblatex-unified} has a space.
\end{enumerate}
+\hypertarget{additional-remarks-on-dois-and-other-links}{%
+\section{Additional remarks on DOIs and other
+links}\label{additional-remarks-on-dois-and-other-links}}
+
+The Unified Style Sheet was devised before the widespread use of DOIs to
+identify the source of materials that are available electronically. It
+is good practice for authors to include DOIs in their bib-file for
+anything that has a DOI. Most modern publications prominently display
+the DOI on the first page of the work and/or in the metadata. Sometimes
+a DOI is harder to find, but \href{http://scholar.google.com/}{Google
+Scholar} and
+\href{http://crossref.org/SimpleTextQuery/}{crossref.org/SimpleTextQuery}
+can help. \texttt{biblatex-unified} displays DOIs as a full link (such
+as \texttt{https://doi.org/10.3765/sp.10.1}) in accordance with
+\href{https://www.crossref.org/display-guidelines/}{the guidelines
+imposed by Crossref}. If you would like a more compact display
+(\texttt{DOI:10.3765/sp.10.1}), you can achieve this by adding the
+\texttt{compactdois} package option to the
+\VERB|\BuiltInTok{\textbackslash{}usepackage}| command:
+
+\begin{Shaded}
+\begin{Highlighting}[]
+ \BuiltInTok{\textbackslash{}usepackage}\NormalTok{[backend=biber,}
+\NormalTok{ style=unified,}
+\NormalTok{ maxcitenames=3,}
+\NormalTok{ maxbibnames=99,}
+\NormalTok{ compactdois]\{}\ExtensionTok{biblatex}\NormalTok{\}}
+\end{Highlighting}
+\end{Shaded}
+
+If you're using the \texttt{sp.cls} document class with the
+\texttt{biblatex} option, you should instead add this to the preamble:
+\VERB|\FunctionTok{\textbackslash{}ExecuteBibliographyOptions}\NormalTok{\{compactdois\}}|,
+if you want compact DOIs
+
+When \texttt{biblatex-unified} is used with the up-todate version of the
+\texttt{sp.cls} documentclass, once a bibentry has a DOI, a link in the
+\texttt{url} field will not also be displayed. If you want to achieve
+this effect with other document classes, you can add the following to
+your preamble after loading \texttt{biblatex-unified}:
+
+\begin{Shaded}
+\begin{Highlighting}[]
+\FunctionTok{\textbackslash{}DeclareSourcemap}\NormalTok{\{}
+ \FunctionTok{\textbackslash{}maps}\NormalTok{[datatype=bibtex]\{}
+ \FunctionTok{\textbackslash{}map}\NormalTok{\{}\FunctionTok{\textbackslash{}step}\NormalTok{[fieldsource=doi,final]}
+ \FunctionTok{\textbackslash{}step}\NormalTok{[fieldset=url,null]}
+ \FunctionTok{\textbackslash{}step}\NormalTok{[fieldset=urldate,null]\}\}\}}
+\end{Highlighting}
+\end{Shaded}
+
\hypertarget{guidelines-for-the-preparation-of-bib-files}{%
\section{Guidelines for the preparation of bib
files}\label{guidelines-for-the-preparation-of-bib-files}}
@@ -733,7 +794,7 @@ file for use with \texttt{biblatex-unified}.
\hypertarget{license-and-copyright}{%
\section{License and copyright}\label{license-and-copyright}}
-Copyright ©2020 Kai von Fintel.
+Copyright ©2022 Kai von Fintel.
This package is author-maintained. Permission is granted to copy,
distribute and/or modify this software under the terms of the LaTeX
@@ -747,6 +808,40 @@ warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
\section{Changelog and release
notes}\label{changelog-and-release-notes}}
-\textbf{v1.00 (2020-05-25)} Initial CTAN release.
+\hypertarget{v1.00-2020-05-25}{%
+\subsection*{v1.00 (2020-05-25)}\label{v1.00-2020-05-25}}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{v1.00 (2020-05-25)}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\tightlist
+\item
+ Initial CTAN release.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\hypertarget{v1.01-2020-09-11}{%
+\subsection*{v1.01 (2020-09-11)}\label{v1.01-2020-09-11}}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{v1.01 (2020-09-11)}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\tightlist
+\item
+ Added note that \texttt{hyperref} is required.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\hypertarget{v1.10-2022-02-05}{%
+\subsection*{v1.10 (2022-02-05)}\label{v1.10-2022-02-05}}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{v1.10 (2022-02-05)}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\tightlist
+\item
+ Internal refactoring of handling of ``von''-names
+\item
+ Changed \texttt{\&} to be glued to previous author
+\item
+ Added \texttt{compactdois} option
+\item
+ Added documentation on DOIs
+\end{itemize}
\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.bib
index 588723c75a..d228283f16 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.bib
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.bib
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@
Pages = {191-200},
Title = {Korean /s/},
Volume = {11},
- Year = {1983}}
+ Year = {1983},
+ DOI = {10.1016/S0095-4470(19)30815-0}}
@article{iverson:1989,
Author = {Iverson, Gregory K.},
@@ -74,7 +75,8 @@
Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},
Series = {Trends in Linguistics},
Title = {Analogy, Leveling, Markedness: {Principles} of Change in Phonology and Morphology},
- Year = {2000}}
+ Year = {2000},
+ DOI = {10.1515/9783110808933}}
@incollection{mccarthy:1999,
Address = {Malden, MA and Oxford},
@@ -120,7 +122,8 @@
Publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
Title = {Syntax},
Volume = {3},
- Year = {1999}}
+ Year = {1999},
+ DOI = {10.1017/CHOL9780521264761.005}}
@phdthesis{stewart:2000,
Address = {Columbus, OH},
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.tex
index 06226986d5..a6a2e56170 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified-test.tex
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
\usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage[english]{babel}
\usepackage{csquotes}
-\usepackage[backend=biber,style=unified]{biblatex}
+\usepackage[backend=biber,style=unified,doi=false]{biblatex}
\usepackage{hyperref}
\urlstyle{same}
\pagestyle{empty}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified.bbx
index bb278b4a1c..be261b9f73 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified.bbx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-unified/unified.bbx
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
%%
-\ProvidesFile{unified.bbx}[2020/06/25 v1.00 biblatex bibliography style]
+\ProvidesFile{unified.bbx}[2022/02/05 v1.10 biblatex bibliography style]
% biblatex by default calls biblatex.def, we add to this authoryear.bbx, which
% in turn loads standard.bbx. So, unified.bbx is built on top of those styles;
@@ -23,12 +23,8 @@
% abbreviate option also abbreviates the names of months. But then
% dateabbrev=false restores the long names of months
-% biblatex has a "useprefix" option, which makes "von" count for
-% alphabetization; the Unified Stylesheet does not want that, so it is important
-% that this option be disabled (even if an author tries to set it to true)
-
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
- sorting=nyt,abbreviate,dateabbrev=false,useprefix=false}
+ sorting=nyt,abbreviate,dateabbrev=false,useprefix=true}
% For backward compatibility: choose labeldate or labeldateparts
% depending on the biblatex version
@@ -51,91 +47,50 @@
\DeclareBibliographyOption{issueandeditor}[false]{%
\settoggle{issueandeditor}{#1}}
-% Formatting directives for name lists
-% ------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-% In biblatex.def, there are name formats defined: first-last, last-first,
-% last-first/first-last. They could be simplified (we don't need provisions for
-% using initials only, since the Unified Style doesn't do that), but since
-% biblatex.def is loaded automatically, there's no point. The name formats call
-% bibmacros that figure out how to order the internal of name components. These
-% are re-defined here to make sure that "von" is treated as part of the last
-% name (it still doesn't count for sorting -- which is controlled by the
-% \useprefix package option) name:last is used to produce citation labels
-% name:last-first is used to produce the first author's name listing in the
-% alphabetical bibliography
-
-% Also moved the Jr part to after the first name and inserted another comma,
-% because the Unified Stylesheet disagrees with standard.bbx: it wants "Jr." not
-% to be treated as part of the last name.
-
-% The macros here get 4 arguments passed to them. They are: #1 last name, #2
-% first name, #3 von, #4 Jr.
-
-% In biblatex v3.3 and onwards, the name formatting has changed in a big way.
-% See for example:
-% http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/299036/biblatex-3-3-name-formatting,
-% https://github.com/plk/biblatex/issues/372, and
-% http://www.texdev.net/2016/03/13/biblatex-a-new-syntax-for-declarenameformat/.
-% The name formats in biblatex.def are not called first-last etc. anymore but
-% given-family etc. And while there are safeguard legacy aliases
-% (\DeclareNameAlias{first-last}{given-family}, for example), the new formats
-% then use macros like \usebibmacro{name:family-given}, which of course our old
-% redefinitions didn't adjust. So, for newer biblatex, we need to do new
-% versions of \renewbibmacro{name:...}.
-
-%% Redefinitions of name:last and name:last-first for biblatex versions before
-%% v3.3
-
-\renewbibmacro*{name:last}[4]{%
- \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
- \ifblank{#3}
- {}
- {\ifcapital
- {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}
- {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
- \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\bibnamedelimc}}%
- \mkbibnamelast{#1}}%
-
-\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{%
- \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
- \ifblank{#3}{}{%
- \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot%
- \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\bibnamedelimc}}%
- \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
- \ifblank{#2}{}{\addcomma\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
- \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}
-
-%% Redefinitions of name:family and name:family-given for biblatex ever since
-%% v3.3
-
-\renewbibmacro*{name:family}[4]{%
- \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Treating prefixes like "von" as part of the last name, but ignore them for
+% sorting (relies on useprefix=true default option)
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\DeclareSortingNamekeyTemplate{
+ \keypart{
+ \namepart{family}
+ }
+ \keypart{
+ \namepart{prefix}
+ }
+ \keypart{
+ \namepart{given}
+ }
+ \keypart{
+ \namepart{suffix}
+ }
+}
+
+\renewbibmacro{begentry}{\midsentence}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Moving "Jr." to after the first name
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{name:family-given}[4]{%
+ \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
+ \mkbibcompletenamefamilygiven{%
\ifdefvoid{#3}
{}
{\ifcapital
{\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}
{\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
\ifprefchar{}{\bibnamedelimc}}%
- \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot}%
-
-\renewbibmacro*{name:family-given}[4]{%
- \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
- \ifdefvoid{#3}
- {}
- {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot%
- \ifprefchar{}{\bibnamedelimc}}%
- \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
- \ifdefvoid{#2}
- {}
- {\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}%
- \ifdefvoid{#4}
- {}
- {\addcomma\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}
+ \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+ \ifdefvoid{#2}
+ {}
+ {\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#4}
+ {}
+ {\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}
+ }
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Various bibmacros used in producing the bibliography
@@ -413,8 +368,8 @@
% This gets rid of the Oxford comma in name lists and uses the
% ampersand rather than "and":
-\renewcommand*{\finalnamedelim}{\addspace\&\addspace}
-\renewcommand*{\finallistdelim}{\addspace\&\addspace}
+\renewcommand*{\finalnamedelim}{\addnbspace\&\addspace}
+\renewcommand*{\finallistdelim}{\addnbspace\&\addspace}
% no colon after "In" in incollection entries (overriding
% biblatex.def):
@@ -450,11 +405,6 @@
\DeclareFieldFormat[thesis]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{#1} % no pp. prefix, took \mkpageprefix out [kvf]
-\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{%
- \ifhyperref
- {\href{https://doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{https://doi.org/#1}}}
- {\nolinkurl{https://doi.org/#1}}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}}
% This is for printing the volume field of a proceedings with an ISSN
% as an article in accordance with the unified style sheet guidelines
@@ -462,6 +412,30 @@
\DeclareFieldFormat{volume:unified:proc-as-article}{#1}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Display of DOIs etc.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% The unified style displays DOIs according to the Crossref guidelines as full
+% `https://doi.org/...` links. But the user can choose to give the `compactdois'
+% option when loading biblatex, which will use a more compact display.
+
+\newtoggle{unified:compactdois}
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{compactdois}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{unified:compactdois}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{%
+ \iftoggle{unified:compactdois}%
+ {\mkbibacro{DOI}\addcolon\space%
+ \ifhyperref
+ {\href{https://doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+ {\nolinkurl{https://doi.org/#1}}}
+ {\ifhyperref
+ {\href{https://doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{https://doi.org/#1}}}
+ {\nolinkurl{https://doi.org/#1}}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The bibliography drivers, specifying the formats of each type of
% entry in the bibliography
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
index 577ee50f49..42ad3ce7ee 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.dtx
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
%<*class>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e}
-\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2022/02/04}{1.62}
+\ProvidesExplClass{easybook}{2022/02/05}{1.621}
{Typeset Chinese theses or books}
\bool_set_false:N \l__eb_compile_draft_bool
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e,etoolbox}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2022/02/04}{1.62}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{easybase}{2022/02/05}{1.621}
{Typeset Chinese theses or books}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \dim_set:Nn { NV }
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@
}
%</package>
%<*tcolorbox>
-\ProvidesExplFile{eb-tcolorbox.cfg}{2022/02/04}{1.62}
+\ProvidesExplFile{eb-tcolorbox.cfg}{2022/02/05}{1.621}
{Customization of tcolorbox for easybook}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \addtotcbstyle #1#2
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
index 175389e7c8..074ba055fd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
index ccfee80c8c..ad25564b67 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/easybook/easybook.tex
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
name = easybook,
color-scheme = blue,
title = EASYBOOK 使用手册,
- version = v1.62,
- date = 2022/02/04,
+ version = v1.621,
+ date = 2022/02/05,
authors = 瞿毅,
info = 排版简体中文学位论文和书籍,
email = q1jx@foxmail.com,
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@
\newsplitarg{\splitdarg}{(}{)}
\newsplitarg{\splitmarg}{\{}{\}}
% Separator with vertical bar as parameter
-\newcommand{\spemmeta}{\splitmeta[\code{|}]}
-\newsplitarg[\spemmeta]{\spemcoarg}{[}{]}
+\newcommand{\barmeta}{\splitmeta[\code{|}]}
+\newsplitarg[\barmeta]{\baroarg}{[}{]}
\newcommand{\harg}{\textcolor{argument}{\code{-}}}
% Remove default braces of values
\RenewDocumentCommand{\key}{s}
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@
\end{commands}
\begin{commands}
- \command{markrule}[\oarg{长度}\darg{颜色名}\marg{线宽}\spemcoarg{上间距,下间距}]
+ \command{markrule}[\oarg{长度}\darg{颜色名}\marg{线宽}\baroarg{上间距,下间距}]
实线命令 \cs{markrule} 既可在 \meta{横线命令} 中用于绘制页眉页脚横线,也可以在正文中使用。\meta{长度} 默认为页面文本区的宽度,上下间距为横线与上下方部件的间距,带有长度单位,上下间距之间用符号 \code{|} 分开,若只有一部分则表示 \meta{上间距}。下面举一个设置页眉内容的例子:
\begin{ctexexam}
\ebhdrset{headrule = \markrule(DarkOrchid){0.5pt}[2pt|2pt]}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/README.md
index 6128dee565..7f21def113 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
LaTeX support for color and graphics
====================================
-Release 2021-11-21
+Release 2022-02-05
This bundle contains the 'engine-dependent' part of support for
color and graphics in LaTeX2e (the code here will also function
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/dvisvgm.def b/macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/dvisvgm.def
index 4c13e2ae1a..1f2e0577d4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/dvisvgm.def
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/graphics-def/dvisvgm.def
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%% dvisvgm.def
%% Copyright 2015 by Till Tantau
-%% Copyright 2016-2021 by Till Tantau and LaTeX3 Project
+%% Copyright 2016-2022 by Till Tantau and LaTeX3 Project
%
%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
%%
%% https://github.com/latex3/graphics-def/issues
%
-\ProvidesFile{dvisvgm.def}[2021/11/21 v1.3 dvisvgm graphics driver for latex]
+\ProvidesFile{dvisvgm.def}[2022/02/05 v1.4 dvisvgm graphics driver for latex]
% The following is copied from dvips.def:
\def\GPT@space{ }
\def\c@lor@arg#1{%
@@ -68,6 +68,13 @@
{\PackageError{color}{Undefined color `#1'}\@ehd}%
{\edef#4{ #1}}%
}
+% Mapping to literal Postscript, matching dvips.def, used by PSTricks
+\def\c@lor@to@ps#1 #2\@@{\csname c@lor@ps@#1\endcsname#2 \@@}
+\def\c@lor@ps@#1 #2\@@{TeXDict begin #1 end}
+\def\c@lor@ps@rgb#1\@@{#1 setrgbcolor}
+\def\c@lor@ps@hsb#1\@@{#1 sethsbcolor}
+\def\c@lor@ps@cmyk#1\@@{#1 setcmykcolor}
+\def\c@lor@ps@gray#1\@@{#1 setgray}
\def\current@color{ Black}
\def\set@color{\special{color push \current@color}\aftergroup\reset@color}
\def\reset@color{\special{color pop}}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/CHANGELOG.md b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/CHANGELOG.md
index 42e0fe6dc8..adb32cd3b1 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -7,6 +7,11 @@ this project uses date-based 'snapshot' version identifiers.
## [Unreleased]
+## [2022-02-05]
+
+### Changed
+- Documentation for horizontal coffin poles (see issue #1041)
+
## [2021-11-12]
### Added
@@ -231,7 +236,8 @@ this project uses date-based 'snapshot' version identifiers.
- New `l3color` module using `xcolor`-like expression syntax
- New `l3draw` module, based on `pgf` layer of the TikZ system
-[Unreleased]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2021-11-12...HEAD
+[Unreleased]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2022-02-05...HEAD
+[2022-02-05]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2021-11-12...2022-02-05
[2021-11-12]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2021-08-27...2021-11-12
[2021-08-27]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2021-08-04...2021-08-27
[2021-08-04]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2021-07-12...2021-08-04
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/README.md
index 0a8c1f250d..279ce50562 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Experimental LaTeX3 Concepts
============================
-Release 2021-11-12
+Release 2022-02-05
Overview
--------
@@ -133,6 +133,6 @@ the [LaTeX-L list](#Discussion) should be used.
-----
-<p>Copyright (C) 1998-2004,2008-2012,2014-2021 The LaTeX Project <br />
+<p>Copyright (C) 1998-2004,2008-2012,2014-2022 The LaTeX Project <br />
<a href="http://latex-project.org/">http://latex-project.org/</a> <br />
All rights reserved.</p>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.dtx
index 5a868d830e..e5d50ecf58 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3benchmark.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2011,2012,2014-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2011,2012,2014-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3benchmark}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3benchmark}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental benchmarking}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.ins
index bab7d5a5f5..7696fc105c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.ins
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
File: l3benchmark.ins
-Copyright (C) 2011,2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2011,2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.pdf
index 55a39d0fc5..951852e501 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3benchmark.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.dtx
index 21a5f550b8..7eba4d0315 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3bitset.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2020,2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2020-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
% \begin{documentation}
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
%<@@=bitset>
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3bitset}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3bitset}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental bitset support}
% \end{macrocode}
% A bitset is a string variable.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.pdf
index e46962b6fd..410e5313ac 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3bitset.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-boxes.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-boxes.dtx
index d3a474abda..40e6f265ae 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-boxes.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-boxes.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw-boxes.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-code.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-code.pdf
index 98b2d5625e..b8cb75e007 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-layers.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-layers.dtx
index 8c8bcea84b..d161240988 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-layers.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-layers.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw-layers.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2019-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-paths.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-paths.dtx
index ad09f0a605..0c78addf92 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-paths.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-paths.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw-paths.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-points.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-points.dtx
index 82629b5053..379dc45e4a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-points.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-points.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw-points.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-scopes.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-scopes.dtx
index e20f31bf81..339e7dde97 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-scopes.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-scopes.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw-scopes.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-softpath.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-softpath.dtx
index 64aeec907d..04a05acc57 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-softpath.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-softpath.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw-softpath.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-state.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-state.dtx
index fc08e1b510..bda3a14ace 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-state.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-state.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw-state.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-transforms.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-transforms.dtx
index 82be9368a6..6e60b8bddf 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-transforms.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw-transforms.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw-transforms.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.dtx
index 9fd88f8c7f..a309d0ffb7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3draw.dtx
%
-% Copyright(C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright(C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3draw}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3draw}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental core drawing support}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.ins
index e9d00167d5..411e17985f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.ins
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
File: l3draw.ins
-Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.pdf
index 63b74dc9fd..bf801c3593 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3draw.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.dtx
index 7ce0c01784..f52c7fb59c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.dtx
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
%% File: l3galley.dtx
%
% Copyright (C) 1999-2001,2004-2009 Frank Mittelbach
-% (C) 2010-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% (C) 2010-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3galley}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3galley}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental galley code}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.pdf
index 8f756538d1..1bcda6a650 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3galley.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.dtx
index 9b7860425c..8b97a562ed 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3graphics.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2017-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2017-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3graphics}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3graphics}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental graphics inclusion support}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.ins
index 612372f343..b126956cf7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.ins
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
\iffalse meta-comment
-File l3graphics.ins Copyright (C) 2017,2019-2021 The LaTeX Project
+File l3graphics.ins Copyright (C) 2017,2019-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2019-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2019-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.pdf
index 845356b86c..9827216d8f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3graphics.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.dtx
index fcbfb83f0f..85de4479ae 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3opacity.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2021,2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3opacity}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3opacity}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental opacity support}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.ins
index 15d87c8f95..770139895a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.ins
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
File: l3opacity.ins
-Copyright (C) 2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2021,2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2021,2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.pdf
index 16c5c6d756..01bca12cc7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3opacity.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.dtx
index 0ecbb95c3f..51193487ac 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3str-format.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2012-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2012-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3str-format}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3str-format}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental string formatting}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.pdf
index 1041b445b6..7b9c5ab087 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str-format.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str.ins
index 9e264f7f8c..812f6c30b4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3str.ins
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
File l3str.ins
-Copyright (C) 2011-2017,2019-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2011-2017,2019-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2011-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2011-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.dtx
index 50424a6685..cf8ecdf188 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: l3sys-shell.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3sys-shell}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3sys-shell}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental system shell functions}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.ins
index 3241bd0804..0bf0dbb983 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.ins
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
File: l3sys-shell.ins
-Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2018-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2018-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.pdf
index 91ded20b12..610ff8e175 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/l3sys-shell.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.dtx
index f167302265..18e0c0deed 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
%% File: xcoffins.dtx
%
-% Copyright (C) 2010-2012,2014,2016-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% Copyright (C) 2010-2012,2014,2016-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Sets the \meta{pole} to run horizontally through the \meta{coffin}.
% The \meta{pole} will be located at the \meta{offset} from the
-% bottom edge of the bounding box of the \meta{coffin}. The
+% baseline of the \meta{coffin}. The
% \meta{offset} should be given as a dimension expression; this may
% include the terms \cs{TotalHeight}, \cs{Height}, \cs{Depth} and
% \cs{Width}, which will evaluate to the appropriate dimensions of
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{xcoffins}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{xcoffins}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental design level coffins}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.ins
index 8ed2506800..0605a1ae32 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.ins
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
File: xcoffins.ins
-Copyright (C) 2010,2011,2012,2016,2017,2019-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2010,2011,2012,2016,2017,2019-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2010-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2010-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.pdf
index 0902947178..eb412538c9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xcoffins.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.dtx
index 659ddb2751..dca97d5fb6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.dtx
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
%% File: xgalley.dtx
%
% Copyright (C) 1999-2001,2004-2009 Frank Mittelbach
-% (C) 2010-2012,2014,2016-2021 The LaTeX Project
+% (C) 2010-2012,2014,2016-2022 The LaTeX Project
%
% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2021-11-12}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{xgalley}{2021-11-12}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{xgalley}{2022-02-05}{}
{L3 Experimental galley}
\RequirePackage{xtemplate,l3galley}
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.ins
index 31acc29e00..d497e29f94 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.ins
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
File: xgalley.ins
-Copyright (C) 2010-2012,2016,2017,2019-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2010-2012,2016,2017,2019-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2010-2021 The LaTeX Project
+Copyright (C) 2010-2022 The LaTeX Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.pdf
index a0ed251a18..1b2a990971 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3experimental/xgalley.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/CHANGELOG.md b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/CHANGELOG.md
index 8e44e95575..fe785d6886 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -7,10 +7,21 @@ this project uses date-based 'snapshot' version identifiers.
## [Unreleased]
+## [2022-02-05]
+
+### Added
+- Distribute `l3doc.pdf` with a prominent warning about future changes
+- `\color_math:nn(n)` as a functional equivalent of the new `\mathcolor`
+ command in LaTeX2e
+
+### Changed
+- Documentation for horizontal coffin poles (see issue #1041)
+- Update primitive requirements to enable loading with Prote/HINT
+
## [2022-01-21]
### Changed
-- Auto-generate legacy switch if required in .legacy_set_if:n
+- Auto-generate legacy switch if required in `.legacy_set_if:n`
key property
### Fixed
@@ -1032,7 +1043,8 @@ this project uses date-based 'snapshot' version identifiers.
- Step functions have been added for dim variables,
e.g. `\dim_step_inline:nnnn`
-[Unreleased]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2022-01-21...HEAD
+[Unreleased]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2022-02-05...HEAD
+[2022-02-05]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2022-01-21...2022-02-05
[2022-01-21]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2022-01-12...2022-01-21
[2022-01-12]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2021-11-22...2022-01-12
[2021-11-22]: https://github.com/latex3/latex3/compare/2021-11-12...2021-11-22
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/README.md
index 5f1a85814c..aa111a2d92 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
LaTeX3 Programming Conventions
==============================
-Release 2022-01-21
+Release 2022-02-05
Overview
--------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
index fb9691782b..88f0cd1e3d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
%
%<*driver|generic|package|2ekernel>
%</driver|generic|package|2ekernel>
-\def\ExplFileDate{2022-01-21}%
+\def\ExplFileDate{2022-02-05}%
%<*driver>
\documentclass[full]{l3doc}
\usepackage{graphicx}
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
index 6515eaa728..ebadc4ab04 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.pdf
index 7be1184216..c20da20c97 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.tex
index f193bd6e05..d71eb5eda7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/interface3.tex
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ for those people who are interested.
{latex-team@latex-project.org}%
}%
}
-\date{Released 2022-01-21}
+\date{Released 2022-02-05}
\pagenumbering{roman}
\maketitle
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
index 4809069926..d5d95dc5c4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx
index 1ab749a8c7..153ff61c76 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -230,11 +230,11 @@
\def\ShortText{Required primitives not found}%
\def\LongText%
{%
- LaTeX3 requires the e-TeX primitives and additional functionality as
- described in the README file.
+ The L3 programming layer requires the e-TeX primitives and additional
+ functionality as described in the README file.
\LineBreak
These are available in the engines\LineBreak
- - pdfTeX v1.40\LineBreak
+ - pdfTeX v1.40.0\LineBreak
- XeTeX v0.99992\LineBreak
- LuaTeX v1.10\LineBreak
- e-(u)pTeX mid-2012\LineBreak
@@ -242,25 +242,15 @@
\LineBreak
}%
\ifnum0%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname pdfstrcmp\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname expanded\endcsname\relax
+ \ifx\csname pdfstrcmp\endcsname\relax\else 1\fi
\else
- \expandafter\ifx\csname pdftexversion\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname Ucharcat\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname kanjiskip\endcsname\relax
- \else
- 1%
- \fi
- \else
- 1%
- \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname luatexversion\endcsname\relax
+ 1%
\else
- \ifnum\pdftexversion<140 \else 1\fi
+ \ifnum\luatexversion<110 \else 1\fi
\fi
\fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname directlua\endcsname\relax
- \else
- \ifnum\luatexversion<110 \else 1\fi
- \fi
=0 %
\newlinechar`\^^J %
\def\LineBreak{\noexpand\MessageBreak}%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3box.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
index 4d62c1f5c6..cca2b82313 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx
index 981b4404fc..5040b47e3c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3cctab.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3cctab.dtx
index 57586f9fdf..39fbca7b74 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3cctab.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3cctab.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
index a65691b568..0ad3565b34 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
index 53a481f7a5..bdd3ea852f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Sets the \meta{pole} to run horizontally through the \meta{coffin}.
% The \meta{pole} is placed at the \meta{offset} from the
-% bottom edge of the bounding box of the \meta{coffin}. The
+% baseline of the \meta{coffin}. The
% \meta{offset} should be given as a dimension expression.
% \end{function}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3color.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3color.dtx
index cdd2f31ac6..afef4571cd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3color.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3color.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -304,6 +304,31 @@
% When using \texttt{dvips}, this PostScript variables hold the stroke color.
% \end{variable}
%
+% \subsection{Coloring math mode material}
+%
+% Coloring math mode material using \cs{color_select:nn(n)} has some restrictions
+% and often leads to spacing issues and/or poor input syntax. Avoiding generating
+% \tn{mathord} atoms whilst coloring only those parts of the input which are
+% required needs careful handling. The functionality here covers this important
+% use case.
+%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2022-01-26]{\color_math:nn, \color_math:nnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{color_math:nn} \Arg{color expression}\Arg{content}
+% \cs{color_math:nnn} \Arg{model(s)} \Arg{value(s)} \Arg{content}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Works as for \cs{color_select:n(n)} but applies color only to the math mode
+% \meta{content}. The function does not generate a group and the \meta{content}
+% therefore retains its math atom states. Sub/superscripts are also properly
+% handled.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{variable}[added = 2022-01-26]{\l_color_math_active_tl}
+% This list controls which tokens are considered as math active and
+% should therefore be replaced by their definition during searching for
+% sub/superscripts.
+% \end{variable}
+%
% \section{Multiple color models}
%
% When selecting or setting a color with an explicit model, it is possible
@@ -534,19 +559,21 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_select:N}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_select:N, \@@_select_math:N}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_select:nn}
% Take an internal color specification and pass it to the driver. This code
% is needed to ensure the current color but will also be used by the
% higher-level material.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_select:N #1
- { \exp_after:wN \@@_select:nn #1 }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_select:nn #1#2
{
- \use:c { @@_backend_select_ #1 :n } {#2}
+ \exp_after:wN \@@_select:nn #1
\group_insert_after:N \@@_backend_reset:
}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_select_math:N #1
+ { \exp_after:wN \@@_select:nn #1 }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_select:nn #1#2
+ { \use:c { @@_backend_select_ #1 :n } {#2} }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1357,6 +1384,193 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \subsection{Math color}
+%
+% The approach here is the same as for the \LaTeXe{} \cs{mathcolor} command,
+% but as we are working at the \pkg{expl3} level we can make some minor
+% changes.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_color_math_active_tl}
+% Tokens representing active sub/superscripts.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_color_math_active_tl
+\tl_set:Nn \l_color_math_active_tl { ' }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_math_seq}
+% Not all engines have multiple color stacks, and at the same time we are
+% not expecting breaking within a colored math fragment. So we track the
+% color stack ourselves.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\seq_new:N \g_@@_math_seq
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\color_math:nn}
+% \begin{macro}{\color_math:nnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_math:nn}
+% The basic set up here is relatively simple: store the current color,
+% parse the new color as-normal, then switch color before inserting the
+% tokens we are asked to change. The tricky part is right at the end,
+% handling the reset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \color_math:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \@@_math:nn {#2}
+ { \@@_parse:nN {#1} \l_@@_current_tl }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \color_math:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_math:nn {#3}
+ {
+ \@@_select_main:Nw \l_@@_current_tl
+ #1 / / \s_@@_mark #2 / / \s_@@_stop
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \seq_gpush:NV \g_@@_math_seq \l_@@_current_tl
+ #2
+ \@@_select_math:N \l_@@_current_tl
+ #1
+ \@@_math_scan:w
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \@@_math_scan:w ,
+% \@@_math_scan_auxi: ,
+% \@@_math_scan_auxii: ,
+% \@@_math_scan_end:
+% }
+% The complication when changing the color back is due to the fact
+% that the \cs{color_math:nn(n)} may be followed by \verb=^= or \verb=_=
+% or the hidden superscript (for example \texttt{'}) and its argument may
+% end in a \tn{mathop} in which case the sub- and superscripts may be
+% attached as \cs{limits} instead of after the material. All cases
+% need separate treatment. To avoid repeatedly collecting the same
+% token, we first check for an alignment tab: assuming we don't have
+% one of those, we can \enquote{recycle} \cs{l_peek_token} safely.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math_scan:w
+ {
+ \peek_remove_filler:n
+ {
+ \peek_catcode:NTF \c_alignment_token
+ { \@@_math_scan_end: }
+ { \@@_math_scan_auxi: }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Dealing with literal |_| and |^| is easy, and as we have exactly two cases,
+% we can hard-code this. We use a hard-coded list for limits: these are all
+% primitives. The \cs{use_none:n} herealso removes the test token so it is
+% left just in the right place.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math_scan_auxi:
+ {
+ \token_case_meaning:NnTF \l_peek_token
+ {
+ \c_math_subscript_token { }
+ \c_math_superscript_token { }
+ }
+ { \@@_math_scripts:Nw }
+ {
+ \token_case_meaning:NnTF \l_peek_token
+ {
+ \tex_limits:D { \tex_limits:D }
+ \tex_nolimits:D { \tex_nolimits:D }
+ \tex_displaylimits:D { \tex_displaylimits:D }
+ }
+ { \@@_math_scan:w \use_none:n }
+ { \@@_math_scan_auxii: }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The one final case to handle is math-active tokens, most obviously
+% \texttt{'}, as these won't be covered earlier.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math_scan_auxii:
+ {
+ \tl_map_inline:Nn \l_color_math_active_tl
+ {
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNT \l_peek_token ##1
+ {
+ \tl_map_break:n
+ {
+ \use_i:nn
+ { \@@_math_scan_auxiii:N ##1 }
+ }
+ }
+ \@@_math_scan_end:
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math_scan_auxiii:N #1
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \@@_math_scan:w
+ \char_generate:nn { `#1 } { 13 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math_scan_end:
+ {
+ \@@_backend_reset:
+ \seq_gpop:NN \g_@@_math_seq \l_@@_current_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_math_scripts:Nw}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_math_script_aux:N}
+% The tricky part of handling sub and superscripts is that we have
+% to reset color to the one that is on the stack but reset it back
+% to what it was before to allow for cases like
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \[ \color_math:n { red } { a + \sum } _ { i = 1 } ^ { n } \]
+% \end{verbatim}
+% Here, \TeX{} constructs a \cs{vbox} stacking subscript, summation
+% sign, and superscript. So technically the superscript comes first
+% and the \cs{sum} that should get colored red is the middle.
+%
+% The approach here is to set up a brace group immediately after the
+% script token, then to set the color appropriately in that argument.
+% We need an extra group to keep the color contained, and as we
+% need to allow for an explicit closing brace in the source, the
+% inner group also is a brace one rather than \cs{group_begin:}-based.
+% At the end of the outer group we need to insert \cs{@@_math_scan:w}
+% to continue the search for a second script token.
+%
+% Notice that here we \emph{don't} need to use the math-specific
+% color selector as we can allow the
+% |\group_insert_after:N \@@_backend_reset:| to operate normally.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math_scripts:Nw #1
+ {
+ #1
+ \c_group_begin_token
+ \c_group_begin_token
+ \seq_get:NN \g_@@_math_seq \l_@@_current_tl
+ \@@_select:N \l_@@_current_tl
+ \group_insert_after:N \c_group_end_token
+ \group_insert_after:N \@@_math_scan:w
+ \peek_remove_filler:n
+ {
+ \peek_catcode_remove:NF \c_group_begin_token
+ { \@@_math_script_aux:N }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Deal with the case where we do not have an explicit brace pair in the
+% source.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math_script_aux:N #1 { #1 \c_group_end_token }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Fill and stroke color}
%
% \begin{macro}{\color_fill:n, \color_stroke:n}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3debug.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3debug.dtx
index 4743ffc2c0..9598ee8174 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3debug.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3debug.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx
index 86168a5fd2..942b560c30 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
index bd63683b35..fc0eed68da 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
%</driver|class>
%
%<*driver>
-\ProvidesFile{l3doc.dtx}[2022/01/12 L3 Experimental documentation class]
+\ProvidesFile{l3doc.dtx}[2022/01/28 L3 Experimental documentation class]
\documentclass{l3doc}
-\usepackage{framed,lipsum}
+\usepackage{framed}
\begin{document}
\DocInput{l3doc.dtx}
\end{document}
@@ -77,9 +77,15 @@ and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
%</class>
% \fi
%
-% \title{The \cls{l3doc} class}
+% \title{The \cls{l3doc} class -- experimental\thanks{%
+% On popular request we now distribute the document for this
+% experimental class. However, please note that it is by no means
+% in final state and is \emph{likely} to undergo modifications,
+% even \emph{incompatible ones}! Thus, using it might therefore
+% require you to do updates, if the class changes.}}
+%
% \author{\Team}
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
% \maketitle
% \tableofcontents
%
@@ -88,15 +94,22 @@ and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
%
% \section{Introduction}
%
+% Code and documentation for this class have been written prior to the
+% change of \pkg{doc} from version 2 to version 3, which already shows
+% how far behind this class currently is. So take the following
+% warning seriously please:
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% \textbf{It is much less stable than the main \pkg{expl3} packages.\\
+% Use at own risk!}
+% \end{quote}
+%
% This is an ad-hoc class for documenting the \pkg{expl3} bundle, a
% collection of modules or packages that make up \LaTeX3's programming
% environment. Eventually it will replace the \cls{ltxdoc} class for
% \LaTeX3, but not before the good ideas in \pkg{hypdoc}, \cls{xdoc2},
% \pkg{docmfp}, and \cls{gmdoc} are incorporated.
%
-% \textbf{It is much less stable than the main \pkg{expl3} packages.
-% Use at own risk!}
-%
% It is written as a \enquote{self-contained} docstrip file: executing
% |latex l3doc.dtx| generates the \file{l3doc.cls} file and typesets
% this documentation; execute |tex l3doc.dtx| to only generate
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e685da1b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx
index 53b8272d2e..0c878d7a72 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdf
index 729f7498cb..2df1b47ec8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx
index 05c59202b6..c989a2b98c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3file.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
index 511bc6729e..89535d1622 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx
index 7064342817..ab8a80f5e8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx
index 01dc83b99b..d966dfe94d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{documentation}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx
index b69bff8ca8..677a4c7fa4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx
index e5154b9905..f0f9e0e10b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx
index cf37b8e011..77dcf71818 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx
index 5850fb64c2..5c43094885 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx
index aec0ec0fa7..7624b6f9cc 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx
index 3b4b7a7f6c..47dddb3502 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx
index d07246a182..9441b64759 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx
index bee840c0d9..55ef17d2df 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx
index bb04b50a8e..e7899c9831 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx
index 3a5e6e82bb..fbf00f5083 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{documentation}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx
index dd48404aeb..1492ef2346 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
index d2be6ae750..8419fcfeef 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fparray.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fparray.dtx
index f8f3af0633..da6ada982b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fparray.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3fparray.dtx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3int.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
index 8c8a4616a8..3a2a08bff9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3intarray.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3intarray.dtx
index 13abe64b44..4ee8d967e8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3intarray.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3intarray.dtx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3kernel-functions.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3kernel-functions.dtx
index b4a806695e..9147f69bcc 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3kernel-functions.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3kernel-functions.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
index b0222b657b..087bbf411d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@
% \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} and \cs{l_keys_choice_int} in exactly
% the same way as described for \texttt{.choices:nn}.
%
-% \subsection{Key usage scope}
+% \section{Key usage scope}
%
% Some keys will be used as settings which have a strictly limited scope
% of usage. Some will be only available once, others will only be valid
@@ -2660,29 +2660,6 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Key properties for \LaTeXe{} options}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{.if, .store, .usage}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\group_begin:
- \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_tmp:nn #1#2
- {
- \quark_if_recursion_tail_stop:n {#1}
- \cs_new_eq:cc
- { \c_@@_props_root_str . #2 }
- { \c_@@_props_root_str . #1 }
- \@@_tmp:nn
- }
- \@@_tmp:nn
- { legacy_if_set:n } { if }
- { tl_set:N } { store }
- { usage:n } { usage }
- { \q_recursion_tail } { }
- \q_recursion_stop
-\group_end:
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \subsection{Setting keys}
%
% \begin{macro}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3legacy.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3legacy.dtx
index b30a88753d..eadf0fcfa6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3legacy.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3legacy.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
index c0ede9bcfb..4f5da9de7c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
index 576b9a0a87..83a42fc50a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3names.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
index a496f65eee..585463685d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news.pdf
index b2587ddf96..892b9dcc82 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news01.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news01.pdf
index 8dfb74a34c..136af9b8cc 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news01.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news01.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news02.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news02.pdf
index 4f8a6b4f5a..b607faebf2 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news02.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news02.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news03.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news03.pdf
index db792e8e0a..9473d75a63 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news03.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news03.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news04.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news04.pdf
index 781669f79c..1166dc6c23 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news04.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news04.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news05.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news05.pdf
index 49cc276197..4b9a8cf717 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news05.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news05.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news06.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news06.pdf
index f67a91925a..e849790458 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news06.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news06.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news07.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news07.pdf
index 7b4a2f200d..466a632903 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news07.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news07.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news08.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news08.pdf
index 23d61185e8..b5179f4935 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news08.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news08.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news09.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news09.pdf
index 4974346445..eda7edc267 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news09.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news09.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news10.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news10.pdf
index 5dd1a718ef..d1dfbe40c1 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news10.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news10.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news11.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news11.pdf
index dae178c068..37be98d2ee 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news11.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news11.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news12.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news12.pdf
index 5428c642c2..8d6816802b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news12.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3news12.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3pdf.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3pdf.dtx
index 7cf296d86c..1ad30361e3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3pdf.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3pdf.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.csv b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.csv
index a4f175e269..d9786a1a1e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.csv
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.csv
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ iow,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https:/
jiazhu,jiazhu,Qing Lee,https://github.com/CTeX-org/ctex-kit,https://github.com/CTeX-org/ctex-kit.git,https://github.com/CTeX-org/ctex-kit/issues,2020-05-17,2020-05-17,
job,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2021-04-23,2021-04-23,
kernel,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
-keys,"l3kernel,l3keys2e",The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
+keys,"l3kernel,l3keys2e,ltkeys",The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
keyval,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
kgl,kantlipsum,Enrico Gregorio,,,,2013-03-16,2013-03-16,
kivitendo,"kiviletter, kivitables",Marei Peischl for Kivitendo,https://www.kivitendo.de/,https://github.com/kivitendo/kivitendo-erp,https://forum.kivitendo.de/,2021-05-28,2021-05-28,
@@ -203,6 +203,7 @@ scontents,scontents,Pablo González,https://github.com/pablgonz/scontents,git@gi
sdaps,sdaps,Benjamin Berg,https://sdaps.org,https://github.com/sdaps/sdaps-class.git,https://github.com/sdaps/sdaps-class/issues,2020-02-17,2020-02-17,
seq,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
shipout,latex2e,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex2e.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues,2020-10-01,2021-03-03,
+silly,sillypage,Paulo Cereda,https://github.com/cereda/sillypage,https://github.com/cereda/sillypage.git,https://github.com/cereda/sillypage/issues,2022-02-01,2022-02-01,
siunitx,siunitx,Joseph Wright,https://github.com/josephwright/siunitx,https://github.com/josephwright/siunitx.git,https://github.com/josephwright/siunitx/issues,2012-11-04,2012-11-04,
skel,skeldoc,Magnus Lie Hetland,https://github.com/mlhetland/skeldoc.sty,https://github.com/mlhetland/skeldoc.sty.git,https://github.com/mlhetland/skeldoc.sty/issues,2021-01-04,2021-01-04,
skip,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
@@ -211,7 +212,7 @@ space,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https
statistics,statistics,Julien Rivaud,https://gitlab.com/frnchfrgg-latex/statistics,https://gitlab.com/frnchfrgg-latex/statistics.git,https://gitlab.com/frnchfrgg-latex/statistics/issues,2018-06-25,2018-06-25,
stm,lt3-stm,CV Radhakrishnan,http://www.cvr.cc/,,,2014-02-26,2014-02-26,
stop,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2018-05-12,2018-05-12,
-str,"l3kernel,l3str,l3str-format",The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
+str,"l3kernel,l3str-format",The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
stycmd,styledcmd,Paolo De Donato,https://github.com/Loara/styledcmd,https://github.com/Loara/styledcmd.git,https://github.com/Loara/styledcmd/issues,2021-08-30,2021-08-30,
substances,substances,Clemens Niederberger,https://github.com/cgnieder/substances/,https://github.com/cgnieder/substances.git,https://github.com/cgnieder/substances/issues,2013-03-16,2020-04-14,
sys,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2015-09-07,2015-09-08,
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@ tex,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https:/
text,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2020-01-15,2020-01-15,
tikzsymbols,tikzsymbols,Ben Vitecek,https://github.com/Vidabe/tikzsymbols,https://github.com/Vidabe/tikzsymbols.git,https://github.com/Vidabe/tikzsymbols/issues,2018-09-26,2018-09-26,
tilde,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2018-05-12,2018-05-12,
-tl,"l3kernel,l3tl-analysis,l3tl-build",The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
+tl,"l3kernel,l3tl-build",The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
tmpa,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2018-05-12,2018-05-12,
tmpb,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2018-05-12,2018-05-12,
token,l3kernel,The LaTeX Project,https://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html,https://github.com/latex3/latex3.git,https://github.com/latex3/latex3/issues,2012-09-27,2012-09-27,
@@ -259,4 +260,5 @@ zhlipsum,zhlipsum,Xiangdong Zeng,https://github.com/stone-zeng/zhlipsum,https://
zhnum,zhnumber,Qing Lee,https://github.com/CTeX-org/ctex-kit,https://github.com/CTeX-org/ctex-kit.git,https://github.com/CTeX-org/ctex-kit/issues,2013-03-16,2013-05-26,
zrefcheck,zref-check,Gustavo Barros,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-check,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-check,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-check/issues,2021-08-05,2021-08-05,
zrefclever,zref-clever,Gustavo Barros,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-clever,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-clever,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-clever/issues,2021-11-29,2021-11-29,
+zrefvario,zref-vario,Gustavo Barros,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-vario,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-vario,https://github.com/gusbrs/zref-vario/issues,2022-02-02,2022-02-02,
zxjt,zxjatype,Takayuki Yato,,,,2013-03-16,2013-03-16,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.pdf
index 517745803f..3e89ae150c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prefixes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
index 1ba4c698ad..efca65e23b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
index 1c78251189..6033b875c3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
index 13c7964b1a..7b8cc3bb79 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3regex.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3regex.dtx
index ca13353d9a..515b438dbd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3regex.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3regex.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
index 08b0fe1f12..1eff1219f8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
index 1c980d0e8d..dddc1f55ee 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx
index 82887c7765..6671036d98 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str-convert.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str-convert.dtx
index b3ee3fecda..786ae30716 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str-convert.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str-convert.dtx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str.dtx
index 5585d82251..eee1f00462 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3str.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf
index f6ed66d974..369ac8314a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex
index ae241d35c4..473fceded0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
{latex-team@latex-project.org}%
}%
}
-\date{Released 2022-01-21}
+\date{Released 2022-02-05}
\begin{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf
index 364fe19c37..aab5aa619e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex
index 40f1a21779..2924255bae 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
{latex-team@latex-project.org}%
}%
}
-\date{Released 2022-01-21}
+\date{Released 2022-02-05}
\newcommand{\TF}{\textit{(TF)}}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx
index 2c836271d2..09758921dc 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.pdf
index 0ae14e4820..97a38b670d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.tex
index a657371d8a..b7149761b1 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3term-glossary.tex
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
{latex-team@latex-project.org}%
}%
}
-\date{Released 2022-01-21}
+\date{Released 2022-02-05}
\newcommand{\TF}{\textit{(TF)}}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-case.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-case.dtx
index 9fe79ebbe2..d93fad4624 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-case.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-case.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-purify.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-purify.dtx
index 147fe67f3a..7211fdcf05 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-purify.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text-purify.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text.dtx
index 1ccccb7d1f..ad984ab079 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3text.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl-analysis.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl-analysis.dtx
index 467545aa06..80007bfa7f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl-analysis.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl-analysis.dtx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
index 2076ae25d1..3637096e73 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3token.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
index fdf7c08b76..a233413aab 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -938,22 +938,6 @@
% \end{texnote}
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2012-12-05, TF]
-% {\peek_meaning_remove_ignore_spaces:N}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{peek_meaning_remove_ignore_spaces:NTF} \meta{test token}
-% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the next non-space \meta{token} in the input stream has the
-% same meaning as the \meta{test token} (as defined by the test
-% \cs{token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF}). Explicit and implicit space tokens
-% (with character code 32 and category code 10) are ignored and
-% removed by the test and the \meta{token} is removed from the
-% input stream if the test is true. The function then places
-% either the \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream
-% (as appropriate to the result of the test).
-% \end{function}
-%
% \begin{function}[TF, updated = 2012-12-20]{\peek_N_type:}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{peek_N_type:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3unicode.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3unicode.dtx
index 13d174d19a..7a1babeca5 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3unicode.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/l3unicode.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2022-01-21}
+% \date{Released 2022-02-05}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.pdf
index 669271e2e1..c16928e861 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.tex
index 07c0460103..0e798c099b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.tex
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ for those people who are interested.
{latex-team@latex-project.org}%
}%
}
-\date{Released 2022-01-21}
+\date{Released 2022-02-05}
\pagenumbering{roman}
\maketitle
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/README.md
index ac9ca0586c..742ad35196 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/README.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ new journal "North-Western European Journal of Mathematics".
Release
-------
-2021-10-12 v1.0.2
+2022-02-04 v1.0.3
Development
-----------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/README-TRANSLATION.md b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/english/README-TRANSLATION.md
index 07d496fd45..07d496fd45 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/README-TRANSLATION.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/english/README-TRANSLATION.md
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-dutch.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-dutch.pdf
index 58642fe609..acc327a879 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-dutch.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-dutch.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-english.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-english.pdf
index be7d4dbd55..69623995a4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-english.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-english.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-french.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-french.pdf
index 15decf8727..4587a77baa 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-french.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-french.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-german.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-german.pdf
index f7f8fb9e3f..ae50c9a199 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-german.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/article-in-german.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/issue.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/issue.pdf
index e16f6d58f1..1552f7e583 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/issue.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/issue.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/sample.pdf
index af2d60cdaf..18b205074d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/sample.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/examples/sample.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..941f6aa0f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+% This file was created with JabRef 2.10.
+% Encoding: UTF8
+
+
+@Online{Bitouze,
+ Title = {Conférence \LaTeX{} \no6},
+ Author = {Bitouzé, Denis},
+ Date = {2022-02-04},
+ Url = {https://mt2e.univ-littoral.fr/Members/denis-bitouze/pub/latex/diapositives-cours-d/conference-n-6/@@download/file/en-ligne6.pdf},
+ Language = {french},
+ Organization = {Université du Littoral Côte d'Opale},
+ Subtitle = {Bibliographie (biber/biblatex), citations d'extraits},
+}
+
+@Online{Bitouze7,
+ Title = {Conférence \LaTeX{} \no7},
+ Author = {Bitouzé, Denis},
+ Date = {2022-02-04},
+ Url = {https://mt2e.univ-littoral.fr/Members/denis-bitouze/pub/latex/diapositives-cours-d/conference-n-7/@@download/file/en-ligne7.pdf},
+ Language = {french},
+ Organization = {Université du Littoral Côte d'Opale},
+ Subtitle = {Glossaires et (liste d’)acronymes, index},
+}
+
+@Manual{Ensenbach,
+ Title = {Liste des péchés des utilisateurs de \LaTeXe},
+ Author = {Ensenbach, Marc and Trettin, Mark and Alfonsi, Bernard},
+ Date = {2011-09-20},
+ Language = {french},
+ Subtitle = {Commandes et extensions obsolètes, et autres erreurs},
+ Url = {http://mirrors.ctan.org/info/l2tabu/french/l2tabufr.pdf},
+
+ Owner = {bitouze},
+ Timestamp = {2015.03.18}
+}
+
+@Book{har,
+ author = {Hartshorne, Robin},
+ title = {Algebraic geometry},
+ note = {Graduate Texts in Mathematics, No. 52},
+ publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
+ address = {New York},
+ date = {1977}
+}
+
+@Book{ laz1,
+ author = {Lazarsfeld, Robert},
+ title = {Positivity in algebraic geometry. {I}},
+ volume = {48},
+ note = {Classical setting: line bundles and linear series},
+ publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
+ address = {Berlin},
+ date = {2004}
+}
+
+@Article{shin,
+ author = {Shin, Kil-Ho},
+ title = {{$3$}-dimensional {F}ano varieties with canonical
+ singularities},
+ journal = {Tokyo J. Math.},
+ volume = {12},
+ date = {1989},
+ number = {2},
+ pages = {375-385}
+}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b8c6b4f57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87f7985d39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/french/nwejm-fr.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,2104 @@
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\msg_new:nnn{nwejm}{LuaLaTeX~mandatory}{This~ documentation~ has~ to~ be~
+ compiled~ with~ LuaLaTeX~ only}
+\sys_if_engine_luatex:F
+{
+ \msg_error:nn{nwejm}{LuaLaTeX~mandatory}
+}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%
+\documentclass[french,nolocaltoc]{nwejmart}
+%
+\DTMsavedate{release-date}{2022-02-04}
+\newcommand{\releaseversion}{1.0.3}
+%
+\usepackage[nwejm]{denisbdoc}
+\usepackage{tabulary}
+\usepackage[firstpage]{draftwatermark}
+%
+\makeatletter
+\patchcmd{\@mn@margintest}{\@tempswafalse}{\@tempswatrue}{}{}
+\patchcmd{\@mn@margintest}{\@tempswafalse}{\@tempswatrue}{}{}
+\reversemarginpar
+\makeatother
+%
+\indexsetup{level=\section*,toclevel=section,noclearpage}
+\makeindex[columns=2]
+\tcbset{index format=off}
+%
+\tcbset{listing options={escapechar=+}}
+%
+\SetWatermarkColor{gray!10}%
+\SetWatermarkFontSize{20mm}%
+\SetWatermarkText{\MakeUppercase{travail en cours}}%
+%
+\DeclareBibliographyCategory{examples}
+\DeclareBibliographyCategory{documentation}
+\addtocategory{examples}{shin,laz1,har}
+\addtocategory{documentation}{Bitouze,Bitouze7}
+
+\addbibresource{nwejm-fr.bib}
+%
+\newacronym{nwejm}{nwejm}{North-Western European Journal of Mathematics}
+\newacronym{bap}{bap}{bounded approximation property}
+\newacronym{msc}{msc}{Mathematical Subject Classification}
+\newacronym{url}{url}{Uniform Resource Locator}
+\newacronym{tdm}{tdm}{table des matières}
+%
+\newtheorem{article}
+\newtheorem[style=definition]{fait}
+\newtheorem[title=expérience]{experience}
+\newtheorem[title-plural=anneaux]{anneau}
+\newtheorem[title=idéal,title-plural=idéaux]{ideal}
+%
+\newenumeration{conventions}
+\newenumeration[singular=cas]{cas}
+\newenumeration[singular=règle,plural=règles]{regles}
+%
+\DeclareMathOperator{\cat}{Cat}
+\newcommand{\mybinop}{\mathbin{*}}
+%
+\begin{document}
+\title[Documentation de la classe \LaTeX{} du
+\texorpdfstring{\nwejm}{NWEJM}]{Documentation de la classe \LaTeX{} du \nwejm*{}
+ destinée aux auteurs}%
+%
+\subtitle[Version \releaseversion{} (\DTMusedate{release-date})]{\small Version \releaseversion{} en
+ date du \DTMusedate{release-date}}%
+%
+\author[%
+affiliation={%
+ Université du Littoral Côte d'Opale, Laboratoire de mathématiques pures et
+ appliquées (\nolinkurl{denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr})%
+},%
+]{Bitouzé, Denis}
+%
+\maketitle
+%
+\etocarticlestylenomarks
+\localtableofcontents
+%
+\DeclareFixedFootnote{\conseilslatex}{Et donne de façon subliminale quelques
+ conseils \LaTeX{}. On consultera \autocite{Ensenbach} pour un panorama plus
+ complet des commandes et extensions obsolètes (et autres erreurs).}
+\DeclareFixedFootnote{\suitecompilations}{Pour automatiser ces compilations, on
+ pourra recourir au \enquote{compilateur} \program{latexmk}, fourni par toute
+ distribution \TeX{} moderne, en s'aidant du fichier de configuration
+ \file{latexmkrc} joint à la présente classe.}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+\label{sec-introduction}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Documentation : travail en cours}{}
+ La présente documentation est un travail en cours. Nous prions les lecteurs
+ qui ont des remarques à formuler ou qui trouveront des erreurs de bien vouloir
+ nous les signaler à l'adresse courriel figurant en page de titre.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\begin{dbwarning}{Classe à utiliser}{}
+ Le \gls{nwejm} fournit deux classes \LaTeX{} :
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item la \nwejmcl{} conçue pour les numéros entiers de la revue, donc destinée
+ à l'équipe du \nwejm{} (et normalement pas aux auteurs d'articles) ;
+ \item la \nwejmauthorcl{} destinée aux auteurs d'articles à paraître dans le
+ \gls{nwejm}.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ Les auteurs d'articles prendront donc soin de recourir à la \nwejmauthorcl{}
+ et \emph{pas} à la \nwejmcl{}.
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+\begin{dbwarning}{Packages nécessaires}{}
+ Pour pouvoir utiliser la \nwejmauthorcl{}, il est nécessaire de disposer :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item d'une distribution \hologo{TeX} raisonnablement récente ;
+ \item du \Package{biblatex} ;
+ \item du programme
+ \href{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/biber}{\program{biber}}\footnote{Attention !
+ La bibliographie doit être compilée non pas au moyen de l'habituel
+ \program{bibtex}, mais de \program{biber}. Plus de détails
+ \vref{wa-affichage-auteurs} et \vref{sec-bibliographie}.}.
+ \end{itemize}
+ Sous Ubuntu par exemple, si la \hologo{TeX}~Live est installée via les paquets
+ de la distribution GNU/Linux, ceux nommés \package{texlive-bibtex-extra} et
+ \package{biber} sont nécessaires.
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+La classe \LaTeX{} \nwejmauthor{} est destinée aux auteurs souhaitant publier un
+article dans le \href{http://math.univ-lille1.fr/~nwejm/}{\gls{nwejm}}. Cette
+classe a pour but :
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item de reproduire fidèlement la maquette de la \nwejm{}, permettant ainsi
+ aux auteurs de pouvoir travailler la mise en page de leur document dans des
+ conditions réelles ;
+\item de fournir un certain nombre d'outils (commandes et environnements)
+ destinés à faciliter la rédaction de documents, notamment ceux contenant des
+ formules de mathématiques.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\begin{dbwarning}{Codage d'entrée \protect\lstinline+UTF-8+ obligatoire}{}
+ La \nwejmauthorcl{} du \nwejm{} repose de façon cruciale sur un codage
+ d'entrée en ×UTF-8× :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item elle charge le \Package{inputenc}\footnote{%
+ Il convient donc de \emph{ne pas} charger ce package : on se reportera
+ à l'\vref{sec-canevas-de-fichier} pour un canevas de fichier source
+ destiné à la \nwejm{} et notamment pour un préambule typique.%
+ %
+ }
+ %
+ avec l'option \docAuxKey{utf8} ;
+ \item elle suppose que les fichiers sources \file{.tex} sont effectivement
+ codés en ×UTF-8× : on veillera donc à ce que l'éditeur utilisé soit réglé
+ sur ce codage d'entrée.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+\begin{dbwarning}{Format et compilation \hologo{pdfLaTeX}}{}
+ La composition des numéros du \nwejm*{} met en œuvre :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item le format \hologo{LaTeX}\footnote{Sous sa version \hologo{LaTeXe}, la
+ plus courante de nos jours.}. On évitera donc les commandes des autres
+ formats tels que \hologo{plainTeX} ;
+ \item le compilateur privilégié est \hologo{pdfLaTeX}. En particulier, le
+ compilateur \hologo{LaTeX} n'étant \emph{a priori} pas utilisé, nous
+ préférons :
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item comme formats d'images : \format{jpg}, \format{png} et
+ \format{pdf}\footnote{Le format recommandé est \format{pdf} car il est
+ vectoriel si bien que la qualité des images n'est pas dégradée en cas de
+ redimensionnement.} ;
+ \item éviter l'usage de code \program{PostScript}, notamment via
+ \program{PSTricks} et, comme outil de dessin, privilégions par exemple le
+ \Package{TikZ}.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+\section{Configuration de l'article}
+
+\subsection{Langue de l'article}
+\label{sec:langue-de-larticle}
+
+Le \nwejm{} accepte des articles dans chacune des quatre langues
+\begin{itemize}
+\item anglais ;
+\item français ;
+\item allemand ;
+\item néerlandais ;
+\end{itemize}
+et la \nwejmauthorcl{} permet de spécifier la langue choisie\footnote{La gestion
+ des langues est assurée en sous-main par le \Package{babel}.} au moyen des
+options de classe suivantes.
+% \refKey{english}, \refKey{french}, \refKey{ngerman} \refKey{dutch}
+
+\begin{docKey}{english}{}{pas de valeur, option par défaut}
+ Cette option définit l'anglais comme langue de l'article.
+\end{docKey}
+\begin{docKey}{french}{}{pas de valeur}
+ Cette option définit le français comme langue de l'article.
+\end{docKey}
+\begin{docKey}{german}{}{pas de valeur}
+ Cette option définit l'allemand comme langue de l'article. Elle a pour alias
+ \docAuxKey{ngerman}.
+ \begin{dbremark}{Option de \package*{babel} sous-jacente à l'option
+ \protect\refKey{german}}{}
+ L'option de langue \refKey{german} de la \nwejmauthorcl{} appelle en
+ sous-main l'option \docAuxKey*{ngerman} du \Package*{babel}.
+ \end{dbremark}
+\end{docKey}
+\begin{docKey}{dutch}{}{pas de valeur}
+ Cette option définit le néerlandais comme langue de l'article.
+\end{docKey}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Langue par défaut de l'article}{}
+ Si aucune de ces options n'est spécifiée, la langue de l'article est par
+ défaut l'anglais.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\subsection{Autres configurations}
+\label{sec:autr-conf}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{articlesetup}{\marg{options}}
+ Cette commande permet de configurer les \meta{options} de l'article en cours
+ sous la forme clés/valeurs.
+
+ La seule clé fournie pour l'instant est \refKey{gradient}.
+ \begin{docKey}{gradient}{=\docValue{grad}\textbar\docValue{nabla}}{pas
+ de valeur par défaut, initialement \docValue{grad}}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier la façon dont est affiché le gradient grâce
+ à la commande \refCom{grad}.
+ \end{docKey}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{dbwarning}{Commande \protect\refCom{articlesetup} : pas en préambule !}{}
+ La commande \refCom{articlesetup} doit être utilisée \emph{exclusivement} dans
+ le corps du document (de préférence juste après ×\begin{document}×) sans quoi
+ la configuration choisie, certes prise en compte dans l'article isolé,
+ risque de ne pas l'être dans le volume complet !
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+\section{Préparation du \enquote{titre} de l'article}
+\label{sec-prep-de-lart}
+
+Cette section liste les commandes, options et environnement permettant de
+\emph{préparer} le \enquote{titre} de l'article ainsi que son éventuelle partie
+finale.
+
+\subsection{Titre, sous-titre}
+\label{sec-titre}
+
+\begin{docCommand}[doc new=2017-10-23]{title}{\oarg{titre alternatif {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}\oarg{titre alternatif entête}\marg{titre}}
+ Cette commande définit, pour l'article en cours :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item son \meta{titre} figurant en 1\iere{} page ;
+ \item son \emph{éventuel} \meta{titre alternatif
+ {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}} figurant :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item dans le volume où l'article sera publié :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item en \gls{tdm} ;
+ \item en signet ;
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item dans le fichier \textsc{pdf} de l'article autonome, en métadonnée
+ \enquote{Titre} ;
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item son \emph{éventuel} \meta{titre alternatif entête} figurant en
+ entête\footnote{\Ie{} en titre courant.} sur les pages paires.
+ \end{itemize}
+ L'usage précis de cette commande est synthétisé à la
+ \vref{tab-commande-title}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{table}[htb]
+ \centering
+ \caption{Usage (des deux arguments optionnels) de la commande
+ \protect\refCom{title} }
+ \label{tab-commande-title}
+\footnotesize%
+\lstset{%
+ deletekeywords={title},deletekeywords={[3]title},%
+}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
+ \cline{2-4}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c|}{} & 1\iere{} page & \gls{tdm} & entête \\\hline
+ \lstinline+\title{+\meta{titre}\lstinline+}+ & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\meta{titre}} \\\hline
+ \lstinline+\title[+\meta{alt. {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}\lstinline+]{+\meta{titre}\lstinline+}+ & \meta{titre} & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\meta{alt. {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}} \\\hline
+ \lstinline+\title[][+\meta{alt. entête}\lstinline+]{+\meta{titre}\lstinline+}+ & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\meta{titre}} & \meta{alt. entête} \\\hline
+ \lstinline+\title[+\meta{alt. {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}\lstinline+][+\meta{alt. entête}\lstinline+]{+\meta{titre}\lstinline+}+ & \meta{titre} & \meta{alt. {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}} & \meta{alt. entête} \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{subtitle}{\oarg{sous-titre alternatif {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}\marg{sous-titre}}
+ Cette commande définit \emph{éventuellement}, pour l'article en cours :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item son \meta{sous-titre} figurant en 1\iere{} page à la suite
+ du \meta{titre} ;
+ \item son \emph{éventuel} \meta{sous-titre alternatif
+ {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}} figurant à la suite du
+ \meta{titre}\footnote{Ou éventuel \meta{titre alternatif
+ {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}.} :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item dans le volume où l'article sera publié :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item en \gls{tdm} ;
+ \item en signet ;
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item dans le fichier \textsc{pdf} de l'article autonome, en métadonnée
+ \enquote{Titre}.
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing options={deletekeywords={[2]title}}]
+\title[Le Traité du calcul des probabilités]{Le Traité du calcul des
+ probabilités et de ses applications}
+\subtitle[Étendue et limites d'un projet borélien]{Étendue et limites
+ d'un projet borélien de grande envergure (1921-1939)}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Affichage des titre et sous-titre}{}
+ Pour que les titre et sous-titre soient affichés, il est nécessaire de
+ recourir à la commande habituelle \refCom{maketitle}.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\subsection{Auteur(s)}
+\label{sec-auteurs}
+
+Un auteur d'article est spécifié au moyen de la commande \refCom{author}
+suivante. En cas d'auteurs multiples, il suffit de (et il faut) recourir
+à plusieurs occurrences de cette commande.
+
+\begin{docCommand}{author}{\oarg{options}\brackets{\meta{Nom}, \meta{Prénom}}}
+ Cette commande, facultative, définit un auteur d'article.
+\end{docCommand}
+%
+\begin{dbwarning}{Format des prénom et nom de l'auteur}{}
+ On veillera à ce que :
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item la saisie des prénom et nom de l'auteur soit conforme à la syntaxe
+ (identique à celle de \hologo{BibTeX} et \package{biblatex}) :
+ %
+\begin{bodycode}[listing options={showspaces}]
+"\meta{Nom}", "\meta{Prénom}"
+\end{bodycode}
+ %
+ \item les éventuels caractères diacritiques (accents, etc.) figurent dans les
+ \meta{Prénom} et \meta{Nom} ;
+ \item le \meta{Nom} \emph{ne} soit \emph{pas} saisi en capitales (sauf pour la
+ ou les majuscules)\footnote{Dans les articles en français, ce nom sera
+ automatiquement composé en petites capitales.}.
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ La métadonnée \enquote{Auteur} du \File{PDF} produit contient automatiquement
+ le ou les auteurs spécifiés.
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+La commande \refCom{author} admet un argument optionnel permettant de spécifier
+la ou les affiliations de l'auteur au moyen d'une des clés \refKey{affiliation}
+et \refKey{affiliationtagged} suivantes.
+
+\begin{docKey}{affiliation}{={\oarg{tag}\marg{affiliation}}}{pas de valeur par défaut,\\initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de définir une (unique) \meta{affiliation}. Pour un auteur
+ ayant plusieurs affiliations, cette clé est utilisée autant de fois que
+ nécessaire.
+
+ En outre, chaque affiliation peut recevoir un \meta{tag} en vue d'être
+ réutilisée pour un autre auteur.
+\end{docKey}
+
+\begin{docKey}{affiliationtagged}{={\marg{tag}}}{pas de valeur par défaut,
+ initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier une (unique) affiliation déjà définie et taguée
+ pour un auteur précédent.
+\end{docKey}
+
+% \begin{bodycode}
+% % Exemple où 2 auteurs partagent l'affiliation "\meta{affiliation$_3$}".
+% \author[%
+% affiliation="\marg{affiliation$_1$}",%
+% affiliation="\marg{affiliation$_2$}",%
+% affiliation="\oarg{tag de l'affiliation$_3$}\marg{affiliation$_3$}",%
+% ]{"\meta{Nom$_1$}", "\meta{Prénom$_1$}"}
+% \author[%
+% affiliationtagged="\oarg{tag de l'affiliation$_3$}",%
+% ]{"\meta{Nom$_2$}", "\meta{Prénom$_2$}"}
+% \end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{bodycode}
+\author[
+ affiliation={Laboratoire \textsc{sphere}, Université Paris Diderot}
+ ]{Bustamante, Martha-Cecilia}
+\author[
+ affiliation=[aff2]{\textsc{lpma}, Université Pierre et Marie Curie},
+ affiliation={\textsc{ghdso}, Université Paris-Sud}]{Cléry, Matthias}
+\author[
+ affiliationtagged={aff2}
+]{Mazliak, Laurent}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{dbwarning}{Paires d'accolades
+ % des clés \refKey{affiliation} et \refKey{minibio}
+ (relativement) obligatoires}{}
+ Au cas (probable) où une valeur \meta{affiliation} contienne une ou plusieurs
+ virgules, la paire d'accolades l'entourant est obligatoire.
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+\begin{dbwarning}{Affichage des prénoms et noms du ou des auteurs}{affichage-auteurs}
+ Pour que les prénoms et noms du ou des auteurs soient affichés, il est
+ nécessaire :
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item de recourir à la commande habituelle \refCom{maketitle} ;
+ \item de procéder à une suite de compilations\suitecompilations{} :
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \hologo{pdfLaTeX} ;
+ \item \program{biber} ;
+ \item \hologo{pdfLaTeX}.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+\subsection{Résumé}
+\label{sec-resume}
+
+\begin{docEnvironment}[doc description=\mandatory,doclang/environment content=résumé]{abstract}{}
+ Cet environnement est destiné à recevoir le \meta{résumé} de l'article.
+\end{docEnvironment}
+
+\subsection{Mots clés}
+
+\begin{docCommand}[doc description=\mandatory]{keywords}{\oarg{variante des mots clés}\marg{mots clés}}
+ Cette commande permet de spécifier les \meta{mots clés} de l'article sous la
+ forme d'une liste séparée par des virgules.
+
+ La métadonnée \enquote{Mots-clés} du \File{PDF} produit contient
+ automatiquement les \meta{mots clés} spécifiés. Dans le cas où ceux-ci
+ contiennent des caractères (notamment des mathématiques) non admis en
+ métadonnées des fichiers \file{PDF} , on spécifiera en argument optionnel une
+ \meta{variante des mots clés} ne contenant que des caractères autorisés.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing options={deletekeywords={[5]keywords}}]
+\keywords[N\string_p-space]{$\mathcal{N}_p$-space}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\acrfull{msc}}{MSC}}
+
+\begin{docCommand}[doc description=\mandatory]{msc}{\marg{\acrshort{msc}}}
+ Cette commande permet de spécifier le (ou les) \meta{\acrshort{msc}} de
+ l'article sous la forme d'une liste séparée par des virgules.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\section{Production du titre de l'article}
+\label{sec-creation-du-titre}
+
+Le titre proprement dit de l'article, regroupant tous les éléments saisis à la
+\vref{sec-prep-de-lart}, est produit par la commande standard
+\refCom{maketitle}.
+
+\begin{docCommand}[doc description=\mandatory]{maketitle}{}
+ Cette commande \emph{produit} l'affichage du \enquote{titre} de l'article,
+ c'est-à-dire :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item son titre et son éventuel sous-titre (commandes \refCom{title} et
+ \refCom{subtitle}) ;
+ \item son ou ses auteurs, sous la forme de leurs noms et prénoms (commande(s)
+ \refCom{author}) et, en note de bas de page, leurs affiliations respectives ;
+ \item son éventuel résumé (environnement \refEnv{abstract}) ;
+ \item son ou ses mots clés (commande \refCom{keywords}) ;
+ \item son ou ses \acrshort{msc} (commande \refCom{msc}).
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing options={deletekeywords={[2]title,article},deletekeywords={[5]keywords}}]
+\title[Le Traité du calcul des probabilités]{Le Traité du calcul des
+ probabilités et de ses applications}
+\subtitle[Étendue et limites d'un projet borélien]{Étendue et limites
+ d'un projet borélien de grande envergure (1921-1939)}
+%
+\author[
+ affiliation={Laboratoire \textsc{sphere}, Université Paris Diderot}
+ ]{Bustamante, Martha-Cecilia}
+\author[
+ affiliation=[aff2]{\textsc{lpma}, Université Pierre et Marie Curie},
+ affiliation={\textsc{ghdso}, Université Paris-Sud}]{Cléry, Matthias}
+\author[
+ affiliationtagged={aff2}
+]{Mazliak, Laurent}
+%
+\begin{abstract}
+ Cet article est consacré à l'étude détaillée du vaste projet [...]
+\end{abstract}
+%
+\keywords{Probabilités, statistiques, balistique, assurance, jeux,
+ Émile Borel, Institut Henri Poincaré}
+\msc{01A60, 01A74, 60-03, 60A05, 62-03}
+%
+\maketitle
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\section{Remerciements}
+\label{sec:remerciements}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{acknowledgements}{\marg{remerciements}}
+ Cette commande, facultative, permet de spécifier des \meta{remerciements} pour
+ un article.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing options={deletekeywords={[2]first}}]
+\acknowledgments{%
+ The first author's research was supported by the Hungarian National
+ Science Foundation Grants K81658 and K104183. Research conducted
+ while the second author enjoyed the hospitality of the Alfréd Rényi
+ Institute of Mathematics, and benefited from the \textsc{otka}
+ grant K109789.%
+}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Affichage des remerciements sur les auteurs}{}
+ Pour que les remerciements soient affichés, il est nécessaire de recourir à la
+ commande \refCom{printbibliography} destinée à être utilisée en fin d'article.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\section{Commandes de structuration}
+
+La \nwejmauthorcl{} modifie la commande usuelle de structuration
+\docAuxCommand{section} pour permettre d'en différencier le titre alternatif
+figurant en \gls{tdm} de celui figurant en entête\footnote{On notera, de ce
+ point de vue, la similitude avec la commande \protect\refCom{title}.}.
+
+\begin{docCommand}[doc new=2017-10-23]{section}{\oarg{titre alternatif {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}\oarg{titre alternatif entête}\marg{titre}}
+ Cette commande définit, pour la section en cours :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item son \meta{titre} figurant au fil du texte ;
+ \item son \emph{éventuel} \meta{titre alternatif
+ {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}} figurant, dans le volume où
+ l'article sera publié :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item en \gls{tdm} ;
+ \item en signet.
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item son \emph{éventuel} \meta{titre alternatif entête} figurant en
+ entête\footnote{\Ie{} en titre courant.} sur les pages impaires.
+ \end{itemize}
+ L'usage précis de cette commande est synthétisé à la
+ \vref{tab-commande-section}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{table}[htb]
+ \centering
+ \caption{Usage (des deux arguments optionnels) de la commande
+ \protect\refCom{section} }
+ \label{tab-commande-section}
+\footnotesize%
+\lstset{%
+ deletekeywords={section},deletekeywords={[3]section},%
+}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
+ \cline{2-4}
+ \multicolumn{1}{c|}{} & fil du texte & \gls{tdm} & entête \\\hline
+ \lstinline+\section{+\meta{titre}\lstinline+}+ & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\meta{titre}} \\\hline
+ \lstinline+\section[+\meta{alt. {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}\lstinline+]{+\meta{titre}\lstinline+}+ & \meta{titre} & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\meta{alt. {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}} \\\hline
+ \lstinline+\section[][+\meta{alt. entête}\lstinline+]{+\meta{titre}\lstinline+}+ & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\meta{titre}} & \meta{alt. entête} \\\hline
+ \lstinline+\section[+\meta{alt. {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}}\lstinline+][+\meta{alt. entête}\lstinline+]{+\meta{titre}\lstinline+}+ & \meta{titre} & \meta{alt. {\normalfont\ttfamily\acrshort*{tdm}}} & \meta{alt. entête} \\\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\section{Bibliographie}
+\label{sec-bibliographie}
+
+Pour composer les bibliographies, la \nwejmauthorcl{} recourt aux outils
+modernes que sont le \Package*{biblatex} et le moteur \hologo{biber} dont
+l'usage peut être brièvement résumé comme suit\autocite[Pour plus de détails,
+cf. par exemple][en français]{Bitouze}.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Construire, dans un \meta{fichier bibliographique}\footnote{De tels
+ fichiers sont d'extension \file{.bib}.}, une base bibliographique.
+
+ Pour ce faire, nous recommandons de recourir à un logiciel dédié, par exemple
+ \href{http://jabref.sourceforge.net/}{\program{JabRef}} que nous conseillons
+ de configurer en visitant le menu
+ \menuentry{Options>Preferences>General} et en choisissant dans les listes
+ déroulantes :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[\menuentry{Default encoding} :] \menuentry{UTF8} ;
+ \item[\menuentry{Default bibliography mode} :] \menuentry{biblatex}.
+ \end{description}
+ On pourra en profiter pour changer la langue de l'interface dans la liste
+ déroulante \menuentry{Language}.
+
+ On n'oubliera pas de donner à chaque référence bibliographique une \meta{clé}
+ permettant de l'identifier de façon unique dans la base
+ bibliographique\footnote{Sous \program{JabRef}, l'icône en forme de
+ \enquote{baguette magique} ou de clé aide à générer ladite
+ \meta{clé}.}.
+\item Dans le fichier source \file{.tex} :
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \emph{En préambule}, utiliser la commande \docAuxCommand{addbibresource}
+ pour indiquer le \meta{fichier bibliographique} à considérer :
+\begin{preamblecode}[listing options={alsolanguage={[biblatex]TeX}}]
+\addbibresource{"\meta{fichier bibliographique}".bib}
+\end{preamblecode}
+ \item Dans le corps du document, utiliser la commande
+ \docAuxCommand{autocite}\footnote{De préférence à la commande
+ \docAuxCommand{cite}.}\footnote{La référence est alors détaillée en note
+ de bas de page.} ou, éventuellement, \docAuxCommand{textcite}\footnote{La
+ référence est alors affichée au fil du texte, mais avec moins de détails.}
+ du \Package*{biblatex} pour citer des références bibliographiques (chacune
+ pourvue d'une \meta{clé}) :
+\begin{bodycode}[listing options={alsolanguage={[biblatex]TeX}}]
+...\autocite{"\meta{clé1}"}... \textcite{"\meta{clé2}"} ...
+...\autocite{"\meta{clé3,clé4}"}... \textcite{"\meta{clé5,clé6}"} ...
+\end{bodycode}
+ \item À la fin du document, faire figurer la liste des références
+ bibliographiques au moyen de la commande \refCom{printbibliography}.
+ \end{enumerate}
+\item Procéder à une suite de compilations \hologo{pdfLaTeX}, \hologo{biber} et
+ \hologo{pdfLaTeX}\suitecompilations.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{printbibliography}{}
+ Cette commande produit la liste des références bibliographiques saisies selon
+ la syntaxe du \Package*{biblatex}. Elle a été redéfinie de sorte
+ à automatiquement afficher, avant la liste des références, les éventuels
+ remerciements (commande \refCom{acknowledgements}).
+\end{docCommand}
+
+Par exemple, si le \File{.bib} contient :
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing only,listing options={alsolanguage={[biblatex]TeX},deletekeywords={[2]series,geometry}}]
+@Book{ har,
+ author = {Hartshorne, Robin},
+ title = {Algebraic geometry},
+ note = {Graduate Texts in Mathematics, No. 52},
+ publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
+ address = {New York},
+ date = {1977}
+}
+@Book{ laz1,
+ author = {Lazarsfeld, Robert},
+ title = {Positivity in algebraic geometry. I},
+ volume = {48},
+ note = {Classical setting: line bundles and linear series},
+ publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
+ address = {Berlin},
+ date = {2004}
+}
+@Article{ shin,
+ author = {Shin, Kil-Ho},
+ title = {$3$-dimensional Fano varieties with canonical
+ singularities},
+ journal = {Tokyo J. Math.},
+ volume = {12},
+ date = {1989},
+ number = {2},
+ pages = {375-385}
+}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+alors, le source \file{.tex} suivant :
+\begin{bodycode}[listing only,listing options={alsolanguage={[biblatex]TeX},deletekeywords={[1]theorem},deletekeywords={[2]first,and,see,theorem},deletekeywords={[3]theorem}}]
+The first assertion is a direct consequence of the Riemann-Roch
+formula for threefolds\autocite[See e.g.][437]{har} and
+Kawamata-Viehweg vanishing\autocite[Theorem~4.3.1]{laz1}. For the
+second assertion, see \textcite[Theorem~(0.4)]{shin}.
+%
+\printbibliography
+\end{bodycode}
+
+donne le texte figurant dans l'encadré intitulé \enquote{Exemple de
+ bibliographie} \vpageref{biblio}.
+
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\makeatletter
+\defbibheading{origsectionnotintoc}[References]{%
+ \__nwejm_section*{#1}%
+}
+\makeatother
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}
+%
+\begin{bodycode}[text only,float,title={Exemple de bibliographie},label=biblio]
+\StandardFootnotes
+The first assertion is a direct consequence of the Riemann-Roch formula for
+threefolds\autocite[See e.g.][437]{har} and Kawamata-Viehweg
+vanishing\autocite[Theorem~4.3.1]{laz1}. For the second assertion, see
+\textcite[Theorem~(0.4)]{shin}.
+%
+\printbibliography[heading=origsectionnotintoc,category=examples]
+\end{bodycode}
+%
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\alph{mpfootnote}}
+
+\section{Commandes propres aux mathématiques}
+\label{sec:comm-propr-aux}
+
+La \nwejmauthorcl{} :
+\begin{itemize}
+\item charge les packages :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \package*{kpfonts} qui fournit tous les symboles standard, y compris
+ ceux du \Package{amssymb}, mais en propose également de nombreux autres ;
+ \item \package*{mathtools} qui lui-même charge \package*{amsmath} (mais en
+ l'étendant et en corrigeant certains de ses défauts), si bien que toutes les
+ commandes de ces deux packages sont disponibles ;
+ \item \package*{rsfso} qui fournit de jolies lettres calligraphiques (via
+ la commande \docAuxCommand{mathscr}) ;
+ \end{itemize}
+\item redéfinit certaines commandes et en fournit quelques nouvelles, listées
+ ci-dessous ;
+\item fournit (en s'appuyant sur les packages \package*{amsthm} et
+ \package*{thmtools}) des environnements de type \enquote{théorème} classiques,
+ listés ci-dessous.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Constantes universelles et fonctions courantes}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{I}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'unité imaginaire : \enquote{$\I$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{E}{\oarg{argument}}
+ Selon que son argument optionnel est utilisé ou pas, cette commande affiche :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item la fonction exponentielle appliquée à l'\meta{argument} ;
+ \item le nombre d'Euler \enquote{$\E$}.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{align}
+ \E[\I\pi]+1 & = 0 \\
+ \E & = \sum_{n\geq 0} \frac{1}{n!}
+\end{align}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Syntaxes équivalentes pour la fonction exponentielle}{}
+ Il y a équivalence entre les commandes :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item ×\E[×\meta{argument}×]× qui est fournie par la classe ;
+ \item ×\E^{×\meta{argument}×}× qui est plus habituelle.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{log(*)}{}
+ Cette commande affiche, sous sa forme :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[\emph{non} étoilée :] \enquote{$\log$} ;
+ \item[étoilée :] \enquote{$\log*$}.
+ \end{description}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{lg(*)}{}
+ Cette commande affiche, sous sa forme :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[\emph{non} étoilée :] \enquote{$\lg$} ;
+ \item[étoilée :] \enquote{$\lg*$}.
+ \end{description}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\subsection{Ensembles}
+
+\subsubsection{Ensembles courants}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{bbN}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'ensemble des nombres entiers positifs :
+ \enquote{$\bbN$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{bbZ}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'ensemble des nombres entiers relatifs :
+ \enquote{$\bbZ$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{bbD}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'ensemble des nombres décimaux : \enquote{$\bbD$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{bbQ}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'ensemble des nombres rationnels : \enquote{$\bbQ$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{bbR}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'ensemble des nombres réels : \enquote{$\bbR$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{bbC}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'ensemble des nombres complexes : \enquote{$\bbC$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{bbK}{}
+ Cette commande peut être utilisée pour dénoter un corps quelconque. Elle
+ affiche \enquote{$\bbK$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\subsubsection{Ensembles définis}
+
+\begin{docCommand}[doc updated=2019-03-18]{set}{\marg{définition}\oarg{caractérisation}}
+ Cette commande affiche l'ensemble défini par \meta{définition}, avec une
+ éventuelle \meta{caractérisation}\footnote{Partie suivant \enquote{tels
+ que}.}.
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{align}
+ \bbN & = \set{0,1,2,3,\dots} \\
+ \bbZ & = \bbN\cup\set{-n}[n\in\bbN] \\
+ \bbQ & = \set{p/q}[p\in\bbZ,\ q\in\bbN^*] \\
+ \bbQ & = \set{\frac{p}{q}}[p\in\bbZ,\ q\in\bbN^*]
+\end{align}
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\subsection[Fonctions trigonométriques circulaires et hyperboliques]{Fonctions
+ trigonométriques circulaires et hyperboliques, directes et réciproques}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Commandes propres au français}{}
+ Les commandes de cette section ne sont définies (ou redéfinies) que pour les
+ articles en français.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{cot}{}
+ Cette commande affiche la cotangente : \enquote{$\cot$}. Elle a pour alias
+ \docAuxCommand{cotan}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{arccos}{}
+ Cette commande affiche (la détermination principale de) l'arc cosinus :
+ \enquote{$\arccos$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{arcsin}{}
+ Cette commande affiche (la détermination principale de) l'arc sinus :
+ \enquote{$\arcsin$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{arctan}{}
+ Cette commande affiche (la détermination principale de) l'arc tangente :
+ \enquote{$\arctan$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{cosh}{}
+ Cette commande affiche le cosinus hyperbolique : \enquote{$\cosh$}. Elle a pour
+ alias \docAuxCommand{ch}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{sinh}{}
+ Cette commande affiche le sinus hyperbolique : \enquote{$\sinh$}. Elle a pour
+ alias \docAuxCommand{sh}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{tanh}{}
+ Cette commande affiche la tangente hyperbolique : \enquote{$\tanh$}.
+ \begin{dbremark}{Pas de commande \protect\docAuxCommand{th} pour la tangente hyperbolique}{}
+ La commande ×\th× est déjà définie dans \LaTeX{} et ne peut donc pas être
+ utilisée pour la tangente hyperbolique.
+ \end{dbremark}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{arccosh}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'argument cosinus hyperbolique :
+ \enquote{$\arccosh$}. Elle a pour alias \docAuxCommand{Argch}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{arcsinh}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'argument sinus hyperbolique :
+ \enquote{$\arcsinh$}. Elle a pour alias \docAuxCommand{Argsh}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{arctanh}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'argument tangente hyperbolique :
+ \enquote{$\arctanh$}. Elle a pour alias \docAuxCommand{Argth}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\subsection{Paires de délimiteurs}
+
+\subsubsection{Commandes prédéfinies}
+
+La classe offre un certain nombre de commandes listées \vref{com-paired},
+facilitant la saisie de paires de délimiteurs courants, par exemple pour les
+normes, les valeurs absolues, etc.
+
+\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ Commandes & Exemple \\\toprule
+ \docAuxCommand{norm} & $\norm{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{lnorm} & $\lnorm{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{llnorm} & $\llnorm{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{lpnorm} & $\lpnorm{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{supnorm} & $\supnorm{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{abs} & $\abs{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{prt} & $\prt{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{brk} & $\brk{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{brc} & $\brc{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{leqgeq} & $\leqgeq{\cdot}$ \\\midrule
+ \docAuxCommand{lrangle} & $\lrangle{\cdot}$ \\\bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Commandes facilitant la saisie de paires de
+ délimiteurs courants}
+ \label{com-paired}
+\end{table}
+
+Ces commandes ayant toutes la même syntaxe, seule celle de la commande
+\docAuxCommand{norm} est détaillée.
+
+\begin{docCommand*}{norm}{\oarg{paramètre de taille}\marg{argument}}
+ Cette commande affiche la norme de l'\meta{argument}.
+
+ Par défaut, la hauteur des délimiteurs est automatiquement adaptée à celle de
+ l'\meta{argument} mais il est possible de spécifier en argument optionnel un
+ \meta{paramètre de taille} :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \docValue{0} : taille par défaut du délimiteur\footnote{Taille du
+ délimiteur en mode texte.} ;
+ \item \docValue{1} ou \docAuxCommand{big} : taille du délimiteur plus grande
+ que la précédente ;
+ \item \docValue{2} ou \docAuxCommand{Big} : taille du délimiteur plus grande
+ que la précédente ;
+ \item \docValue{3} ou \docAuxCommand{bigg} : taille du délimiteur plus grande
+ que la précédente ;
+ \item \docValue{4} ou \docAuxCommand{Bigg} : taille du délimiteur plus grande
+ que la précédente.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{docCommand*}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{norm*}{\marg{argument}}
+ Cette commande est équivalente à ×\norm[0]{×\meta{argument}×}×.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{equation}
+\supnorm{\frac{A}{2}}^k \quad
+\supnorm[0]{\frac{A}{2}}^k \quad
+\supnorm[1]{\frac{A}{2}}^k \quad
+\supnorm[2]{\frac{A}{2}}^k \quad
+\supnorm[3]{\frac{A}{2}}^k \quad
+\supnorm[4]{\frac{A}{2}}^k \quad
+\supnorm*{\frac{A}{2}}^k
+\end{equation}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Indices des paires de délimiteurs qui n'en sont pas pourvues par défaut}{}
+ Il est toujours possible d'ajouter manuellement un indice à une commande de
+ paire de délimiteurs qui n'en est pas pourvue par défaut.
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{equation}
+\norm{\frac{A}{2}}_3
+\end{equation}
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\subsubsection{Commandes à définir}
+
+Il est possible de définir de nouvelles commandes facilitant la saisie de paires
+de délimiteurs au moyen de la commande \refCom{NewPairedDelimiter}.
+%
+\begin{docCommand}{NewPairedDelimiter}{\marg{commande}\marg{options}}
+ Cette commande définit une \meta{commande} similaire à la commande
+ \docAuxCommand{norm} mais dont les délimiteurs gauche et droit et l'indice
+ sont ceux spécifiés en \meta{options} au moyen des clés \refKey{left},
+ \refKey{right} et \refKey{subscript}.
+ \begin{docKey}{left}{=\meta{délimiteur}}{pas de valeur par défaut,
+ initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier le \meta{délimiteur} gauche de la \meta{commande} ainsi
+ créée.
+ \end{docKey}
+ \begin{docKey}{right}{=\meta{délimiteur}}{pas de valeur par défaut,
+ initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier le \meta{délimiteur} droit de la
+ \meta{commande} ainsi créée.
+ \end{docKey}
+ \begin{docKey}{subscript}{=\meta{indice}}{pas de valeur par défaut,
+ initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier l'\meta{indice} de la \meta{commande} ainsi
+ créée.
+ \end{docKey}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\NewPairedDelimiter{\floor}{
+ left=\lfloor,
+ right=\rfloor,
+ subscript=\text{eff}
+}
+\begin{preamblecode}[listing options={morekeywords={[2]left,right,subscript}}]
+\NewPairedDelimiter{\floor}{
+ left=\lfloor,
+ right=\rfloor,
+ subscript=\text{eff}
+}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{equation}
+\floor{\frac{A}{2}}
+\end{equation}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\subsection{Opérateurs}
+
+\subsubsection{Opérateurs prédéfinis}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{dif}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'opérateur différentiel employé notamment dans les
+ intégrales : \enquote{$\dif$}.
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{equation}
+\iiint_T f(x,y,z)\dif x \dif y \dif z=0
+\end{equation}
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{grad}{}
+ Cette commande affiche le gradient :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item sous la forme \enquote{$\grad$} par défaut ;
+ \item sous la forme \enquote{$\nabla$} si la valeur \docValue{nabla} est
+ passée à la clé \refKey{gradient} en argument de la commande
+ \refCom{articlesetup}.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{Div}{}
+ Cette commande affiche la divergence : \enquote{$\Div$}.
+ \begin{dbremark}{Pas de commande \protect\docAuxCommand{div} pour la divergence}{}
+ La commande ×\div× est déjà définie dans \LaTeX{} et ne peut donc pas être
+ utilisée pour la divergence.
+ \end{dbremark}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{curl}{}
+ Cette commande affiche le rotationnel :
+ \enquote{$\curl$}. Elle a pour alias \docAuxCommand{rot}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{align}
+ \Div F & = \grad \cdot F \\
+ \curl F & = \grad \wedge F
+\end{align}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{supp}{}
+ Cette commande affiche le support (d'une fonction, d'une mesure, etc.) :
+ \enquote{$\supp$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\subsubsection{Opérateurs à définir}
+
+Il est possible de définir de nouveaux noms d'opérateurs au moyen de la commande
+usuelle \refCom{DeclareMathOperator}.
+
+\begin{docCommand}{DeclareMathOperator}{\marg{commande}\marg{nom}}
+ Cette commande définit la \meta{commande} qui affiche l'opérateur nommé
+ \meta{nom}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\DeclareMathOperator{\cat}{Cat}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={example},deletekeywords={[4]all}}]
+A standard example is $\cat$, the $2$-category of all (small) ideals.
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\subsubsection{(Usage avancé) Précautions en cas d'opérations binaires non
+ courantes}
+
+Si, dans des opérations binaires, un opérateur\footnote{Prédéfini ou défini au
+ moyen de la commande \protect\refCom{DeclareMathOperator}.} est suivi par un
+opérateur binaire courant de \LaTeX{} (\docAuxCommand{circ},
+\docAuxCommand{cdot}, \docAuxCommand{wedge}, etc.), les espaces horizontales les
+séparant seront correctes.
+
+En revanche, si l'opérateur binaire impliqué n'est pas courant, il convient de
+le déclarer au moyen de la commande \refCom{BinaryOperators}.
+
+\begin{docCommand}{BinaryOperators}{\marg{opérateurs binaires}}
+ Cette commande assure que les \meta{opérateurs binaires}\footnote{Séparés par
+ des virgules.} seront, dans des opérations binaires, correctement espacés
+ des opérateurs les précédant.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{preamblecode}[listing options={moretexcs={mybinop}}]
+\newcommand{\mybinop}{\mathbin{*}}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={moretexcs={mybinop}}]
+\begin{tabular}{>{$}l<{$}@{ : }l}
+ \grad \cdot F & bon \\
+ \grad \mybinop F & mauvais \\ \BinaryOperators{\mybinop}%
+ \grad \mybinop F & bon (grâce à \verb+\BinaryOperators{\mybinop}+)
+\end{tabular}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\subsection{Divers}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Commandes propres au français (bis)}{}
+ Les commandes suivantes ne sont redéfinies que pour les articles en
+ français.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{leq}{}
+ Cette commande affiche \enquote{$\leq$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+\begin{docCommand}{geq}{}
+ Cette commande affiche \enquote{$\geq$}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\subsection{Environnements de type \enquote{théorème}}
+
+Pour faciliter la composition des théorèmes et objets analogues, la
+\nwejmauthorcl{} fournit des environnements prêts à l'emploi et permet d'en
+créer de nouveaux si besoin est (cf. commande \refCom{newtheorem}).
+
+\subsubsection{Environnements prédéfinis}
+\label{sec:envir-de-type}
+
+La \vref{env-theorems} liste les théorèmes et objets analogues prédéfinis par la
+\nwejmauthorcl{} avec :
+\begin{description}
+\item[en colonne~1] le nom des environnements correspondants ;
+\item[en colonne~2] leurs titres récurrents (automatiquement traduits dans la
+ langue de l'article).
+\end{description}
+
+\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ Environnement & Titre (ici en français) \\\toprule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{theorem} & Théorème \\\midrule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{corollary} & Corollaire \\\midrule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{conjecture} & Conjecture \\\midrule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{proposition} & Proposition \\\midrule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{lemma} & Lemme \\\midrule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{axiom} & Axiome \\\midrule[.75pt]
+ \docAuxEnvironment{definition} & Définition \\\midrule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{remark} & Remarque \\\midrule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{example} & Exemple \\\midrule
+ \docAuxEnvironment{notation} & Notation \\\midrule[.75pt]
+ \docAuxEnvironment{proof} & Preuve \\\bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+ \caption{Environnements de type \enquote{théorème} fournis}
+ \label{env-theorems}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{\enquote{Théorèmes} non numérotés}{}
+ Chacun des environnements de la \vref{env-theorems} admet une version étoilée
+ créant une version non numérotée de l'objet de type \enquote{théorème}
+ correspondant.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{theorem}
+ Tout espace métrisable séquentiellement compact est compact.
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{definition}[congruence modulo $n$]
+ Soit $n$ un entier supérieur ou égal à $2$. Deux entiers $a$ et $b$
+ sont dits congruents modulo $n$ si $a - b \in n\bbZ$.
+\end{definition}
+\begin{remark*}
+ Une des plus belles relations mathématiques est $\E[i\pi]+1=0$.
+\end{remark*}
+\begin{proof}
+ Tout ce qui est rare est cher. Or un cheval bon marché est rare.
+ Donc un cheval bon marché est cher.
+\end{proof}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+On remarque dans l'exemple précédent que les \enquote{théorèmes} ont des mises
+en forme variables. La \nwejmauthorcl{} fournit effectivement trois styles de
+\enquote{théorèmes}, \docValue{theorem}, \docValue{definition} et
+\docValue{proof}, dont les caractéristiques sont indiquées à la
+\vref{env-theorems-styles}.
+
+\begin{table}
+ \centering
+ % \setlength{\tymin}{\widthof{romain, terminé}}
+ \begin{tabulary}{\linewidth}{lLLL}
+ Style & Titre récurrent & Contenu & \enquote{Théorèmes} concernés \\\toprule
+ \docValue{theorem} & gras, romain, numéroté & italique
+ & théorèmes, corollaires, conjectures, propositions, lemmes, axiomes \\\midrule
+ \docValue{definition} & gras, romain, numéroté & romain & définitions, remarques, exemples, notations \\\midrule
+ \docValue{proof} & non gras, italique, non numéroté & romain, terminé par un carré blanc & preuves \\\bottomrule
+ \end{tabulary}
+ \caption{Styles de \enquote{théorèmes} fournis}
+ \label{env-theorems-styles}
+\end{table}
+
+\subsubsection{Environnements définis par l'utilisateur}
+\label{sec:envir-de-type-1}
+
+Si les environnements de \enquote{théorème} fournis par la classe ne suffisent
+pas, la commande \refCom{newtheorem} permet d'en créer de nouveaux.
+
+\begin{docCommand}{newtheorem}{\oarg{option(s)}\marg{nom}}
+ Cette commande crée un nouvel environnement \LaTeX{}, \meta{nom}, destiné à la
+ composition d'un \enquote{théorème} dont, par défaut :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item le titre récurrent est \meta{Nom}\footnote{\Ie*{}, quelle que soit la
+ langue de l'article, le \meta{nom} de l'environnement \LaTeX{} dont
+ l'initiale est en majuscule.} ;
+ \item le style est \docValue{theorem}.
+ \end{itemize}
+ Cette commande crée également l'environnement étoilé \meta{nom}×*× produisant
+ des occurrences \emph{non} numérotées de ce \enquote{théorème}.
+
+\begin{preamblecode}[listing options={deletekeywords={[2]article}}]
+\newtheorem{article}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]article,label}}]
+\begin{article*}[dit premier]
+Les hommes naissent et demeurent libres et égaux en droits [...]
+\end{article*}
+\begin{article}[dit premier]\label{premier}
+Les hommes naissent et demeurent libres et égaux en droits [...]
+\end{article}
+L'\vref{premier} est le plus célèbre.
+\end{bodycode}
+
+ Si la valeur par défaut du style (\docValue{theorem}) ne convient pas, il
+ suffit de spécifier en \meta{option(s)} celle souhaitée au moyen de la clé
+ \refKey{style} suivante.
+ \begin{docKey}{style}{=\docValue{theorem}\textbar\docValue{definition}\textbar\docValue{proof}}{pas
+ de valeur par défaut,\\initialement \docValue{theorem}}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier le style du \enquote{théorème} à créer, au
+ moyen des valeurs \docValue{theorem}, \docValue{definition} et
+ \docValue{proof}.
+ \end{docKey}
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\newtheorem[style=definition]{fait}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]label}}]
+\begin{fait}\label{majeure}
+Tout ce qui est rare est cher.
+\end{fait}
+\begin{fait}\label{mineure}
+Un cheval bon marché est rare.
+\end{fait}
+En vertu des \cref{mineure,majeure}, un cheval bon marché est
+cher.
+\end{bodycode}
+
+ Si la valeur par défaut du titre récurrent (\meta{Nom}) ne convient pas, il
+ suffit de spécifier en \meta{option(s)} celle souhaitée au moyen de la clé
+ \refKey{title} suivante.
+ \begin{docKey}{title}{={\meta{titre récurrent}}}{pas de
+ valeur par défaut, initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier un \meta{titre récurrent} différent de
+ \meta{Nom}, valable quelle que soit la langue de l'article.
+ \end{docKey}
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\newtheorem[title=expérience]{experience}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]label}}]
+\begin{experience}\label{un}
+On lance un dé à 6 faces [...]
+\end{experience}
+\begin{experience}\label{deux}
+On lance deux dés à 6 faces [...]
+\end{experience}
+Les \vref{un,deux} mettent en évidence [...]
+\end{bodycode}
+
+ On remarque que, en cas de références croisées au moyen de la commande
+ recommandée\footnote{Cf. \vref{sec-references-croisees}} \refCom{vref} (ou
+ \refCom{cref}), le titre récurrent du ou des \enquote{théorèmes} référencés
+ est automatiquement ajouté à la référence et ce, éventuellement sous sa forme
+ plurielle. Par défaut, cette dernière est obtenue en ajoutant un \enquote{s}
+ final à \meta{nom} ou au \meta{titre récurrent} fixée par l'option
+ \refKey{title}. Si cette forme plurielle doit être construite différemment, il
+ convient de le spécifier en \meta{option(s)} au moyen de la clé
+ \refKey{title-plural} suivante.
+ \begin{docKey}{title-plural}{={\meta{forme plurielle du titre récurrent}}}{pas de
+ valeur\\par défaut, initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier la forme plurielle du titre récurrent.
+ \end{docKey}
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\newtheorem[title-plural=anneaux]{anneau}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]label}}]
+\begin{anneau}\label{anneau}
+Considérons un anneau : [...]
+\end{anneau}
+\begin{anneau}\label{anneau-bis}
+Considérons un autre anneau : [...]
+\end{anneau}
+Les \vref{anneau,anneau-bis} admettent [...]
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\newtheorem[title=idéal,title-plural=idéaux]{ideal}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]label}}]
+\begin{ideal}\label{ideal}
+Considérons un idéal : [...]
+\end{ideal}
+\begin{ideal}\label{ideal-bis}
+Considérons un autre idéal : [...]
+\end{ideal}
+Les \vref{ideal,ideal-bis} admettent [...]
+\end{bodycode}
+
+ % Si besoin est, il est même possible de spécifier des titres récurrents
+ % différents selon la langue utilisée au moyen des clés suivantes :
+ % \begin{docKey}{title/english}{={\meta{titre récurrent en anglais}}}{pas de
+ % valeur par défaut,\\initialement vide}
+ % \end{docKey}
+ % \begin{docKey}{title/french}{={\meta{titre récurrent en français}}}{pas de
+ % valeur par défaut,\\initialement vide}
+ % \end{docKey}
+ % \begin{docKey}{title/german}{={\meta{titre récurrent en allemand}}}{pas de
+ % valeur par défaut,\\initialement vide}
+ % \end{docKey}
+ % \begin{docKey}{title/dutch}{={\meta{titre récurrent en néerlandais}}}{pas de
+ % valeur par défaut,\\initialement vide}
+ % Ces clés permettent de spécifier un \meta{titre récurrent} différent
+ % de \meta{Nom} pour la langue correspondante.
+ % \end{docKey}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\subsection{Énumérations}
+\label{sec:list-dhyp-ou}
+
+Pour faciliter la composition des énumérations (d'hypothèses, d'assertions, de
+conditions, etc.), la \nwejmauthorcl{} fournit des environnements prêts
+à l'emploi et permet d'en créer de nouveaux si besoin est (cf. commande
+\refCom{newenumeration}).
+
+\subsubsection{Énumérations prédéfinies}
+\label{sec:predefinies-:-listes}
+
+Dans les articles en mathématiques, il est fréquent d'énumérer des assertions,
+hypothèses ou conditions et de s'y référer. Pour ce faire, la \nwejmauthorcl{}
+fournit trois environnements qui s'emploient comme l'habituel environnement
+\docAuxEnvironment{enumerate} de listes ordonnées (numérotées) :
+\refEnv{assertions}, \refEnv{hypotheses} et \refEnv{conditions}, dans lesquels
+chaque assertion, hypothèse ou condition est introduite par la commande
+\docAuxCommand{item}.
+
+\begin{docEnvironment}[doclang/environment content=assertions]{assertions}{}
+ Cet environnement compose une liste d'assertions.
+\end{docEnvironment}
+\begin{docEnvironment}[doclang/environment content=hypothèses]{hypotheses}{}
+ Cet environnement compose une liste d'hypothèses.
+\end{docEnvironment}
+\begin{docEnvironment}[doc new=2019-03-18,doclang/environment content=conditions]{conditions}{}
+ Cet environnement compose une liste de conditions.
+\end{docEnvironment}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]label}}]
+\begin{axiom}\label{mon-axiome}
+ Chaque assertion suivante est admise.
+ \begin{assertions}
+ \item\label{rare-cher} Tout ce qui est rare est cher.
+ \item\label{cheval} Un cheval bon marché est rare.
+ \end{assertions}
+\end{axiom}
+En vertu des \vref{rare-cher,cheval} de l'\vref{mon-axiome},
+un cheval bon marché est cher.
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\subsubsection{Énumérations définies par l'utilisateur}
+
+Si les énumérations fournies par la classe ne suffisent pas, il est possible
+d'en créer de nouvelles au moyen de la commande \refCom{newenumeration}.
+
+\begin{docCommand}[doc new=2019-03-18]{newenumeration}{\oarg{option(s)}\marg{nom}}
+ Cette commande crée un nouvel environnement \LaTeX{}, \meta{nom}, qui
+ s'emploie comme l'habituel environnement \docAuxEnvironment{enumerate} de
+ listes ordonnées (numérotées) dans lequel chaque item à énumérer
+ est introduit par la commande \docAuxCommand{item}.
+
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\newenumeration{conventions}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+\begin{conventions}
+\item Le cheval est bon marché.
+\item Le cheval est cher.
+\end{conventions}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+ On constate que chaque item énuméré est introduit par un label par défaut
+ constitué de l'initiale du \meta{nom} et indexé par un chiffre arabe, le tout
+ entre parenthèses. Si ce label ne convient pas, il suffit de spécifier celui
+ souhaité en \meta{option(s)} au moyen de la clé \refKey{label}.
+ \begin{docKey}{label}{={\meta{label}}}{pas de
+ valeur par défaut, initialement initiale du \meta{nom}}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier un \meta{label} différent de l'initiale du
+ \meta{nom} de l'environnement.
+ \end{docKey}
+\renewenumeration[label=K]{conventions}
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\newenumeration[label=K]{conventions}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]label}}]
+\begin{conventions}
+\item\label{k-one} Le cheval est bon marché.
+\item\label{k-two} Le cheval est cher.
+\end{conventions}
+Cf. \vref{k-one}. Cf. \vref{k-one,k-two}.
+\end{bodycode}
+
+On remarque que, en cas de références croisées au moyen de la commande
+recommandée\footnote{Cf. \vref{sec-references-croisees}} \refCom{vref} (ou
+\refCom{cref}), le \meta{nom} de la ou des énumérations référencées est
+automatiquement ajouté à la référence et ce, sous ses formes singulière ou
+plurielle selon les cas. Par défaut, la forme :
+\begin{description}
+\item[plurielle] est le \meta{nom} ;
+\item[singulière] est obtenue en supprimant la dernière lettre\footnote{Supposée être
+ souvent un \enquote{s}.} du \meta{nom}.
+\end{description}
+Si ces formes singulière ou plurielle doivent être construites différemment, il
+convient de le spécifier en \meta{option(s)} au moyen des clés
+\refKey{singular} et \refKey{plural} suivantes.
+ \begin{docKey}{singular}{={\meta{forme singulière de l'énumération}}}{pas de
+ valeurpar défaut,\\initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier la forme singulière de l'énumération.
+ \end{docKey}
+ \begin{docKey}{plural}{={\meta{forme plurielle de l'énumération}}}{pas de
+ valeur par défaut,\\initialement vide}
+ Cette clé permet de spécifier la forme plurielle de l'énumération.
+ \end{docKey}
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\newenumeration[singular=cas]{cas} % Sinon, forme sing. = « ca ».
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]label}}]
+\begin{cas}
+\item\label{case-one} Le cheval est bon marché.
+\item\label{case-two} Le cheval est cher.
+\end{cas}
+Cf. \vref{case-one}. Cf. \vref{case-one,case-two}.
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{preamblecode}
+\newenumeration[singular=règle,plural=règles]{regles}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={[2]label}}]
+\begin{regles}
+\item\label{regle-one} Le cheval est bon marché.
+\item\label{regle-two} Le cheval est cher.
+\end{regles}
+Cf. \vref{regle-one}. Cf. \vref{regle-one,regle-two}.
+\end{bodycode}
+%
+\end{docCommand}
+
+Au besoin, la commande \refCom{renewenumeration} permet de redéfinir une
+énumération préalablement définie au moyen de la commande
+\refCom{newenumeration}.
+
+\begin{docCommand}[doc new=2019-03-18]{renewenumeration}{\oarg{option(s)}\marg{nom}}
+ Cette commande reféfinit l'environnement d'énumération \meta{nom}. Ses
+ \meta{option(s)} sont les mêmes que celles de la commande
+ \refCom{newenumeration}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\section{Commandes généralistes}
+\label{sec:comm-gener}
+
+En plus des commandes propres aux mathématiques, la \nwejmauthorcl{} fournit des
+commandes généralistes destinées à faciliter la saisie d'un article à paraître
+dans la \nwejm{}.
+
+\begin{docCommand}{ie(*)}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'expression \enquote{\ie*{}} traduite dans la langue
+ de l'article, sous sa forme :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[\emph{non} étoilée :] en version abrégée \enquote{\ie{}} ;
+ \item[étoilée :] en version \emph{non} abrégée \enquote{\ie*{}}.
+ \end{description}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{Ie(*)}{}
+ Cette commande affiche l'expression \enquote{\Ie*{}} traduite dans la langue
+ de l'article, sous sa forme :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[\emph{non} étoilée :] en version abrégée \enquote{\Ie{}} ;
+ \item[étoilée :] en version \emph{non} abrégée \enquote{\Ie*{}}.
+ \end{description}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{century(*)}{\marg{numéro}}
+ Cette commande affiche l'ordinal du \meta{numéro}\footnote{Ce numéro doit être
+ un nombre entier non nul, le cas échéant négatif.}\footnote{En français et en
+ allemand, \meta{numéro} est composé en chiffre romain et en petites
+ capitales.} d'un siècle, suivi du mot \enquote{siècle} traduit dans la
+ langue de l'article et de la mention éventuelle qu'il s'agit d'un siècle
+ précédant notre ère. Ainsi :
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+Au \century{-1}, [...]. Plus tard, au \century{8}, [...]
+\end{bodycode}
+ Sa version étoilée n'affiche que l'ordinal (sauf si le \meta{numéro} est
+ négatif). Ainsi :
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+L'agriculture au \century*{-1} était [...].
+La poésie du \century*{19} aura marqué [...].
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{aside(*)}{\marg{texte}}
+ Cette commande permet de composer du \meta{texte} entre tirets longs, pour une
+ \enquote{incise} (un peu à la manière de parenthèses).
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[Sous sa forme non étoilée,] elle insère le \meta{texte} entre deux
+ tirets longs.
+ \item[Sous sa forme étoilée,] elle fait (seulement) précéder le \meta{texte}
+ d'un tiret, ce qui est à utiliser en fin de phrase.
+ \end{description}
+ Ainsi :
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+Des expériences \aside{dans le monde \enquote{réel}} ont même été
+suscitées par des expériences numériques.
+\end{bodycode}
+ et :
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={deletekeywords={exemple}}]
+On soupçonne que non \aside*{par exemple on s'attend à ce que
+ $1/\pi$ ne soit pas une période}.
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{nwejm}{}
+ Cette commande affiche, sous sa forme :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[\emph{non} étoilée :] la version abrégée \enquote{\nwejm{}} ;
+ \item[étoilée :] la version \emph{non} abrégée \enquote{\nwejm*{}}.
+ \end{description}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\section{Sélection d'outils fournis par des packages tiers}
+
+Cette section liste un certain nombre d'outils (commandes et environnements)
+fournis par des packages automatiquement chargés par la
+\nwejmauthorcl\footnote{L'\vref{sec-packages-charges-ou-pas} liste ceux dont les
+ fonctionnalités peuvent être utiles aux auteurs.}.
+
+\begin{dbwarning}{Liste des fonctionnalités des packages tiers non exhaustive}{}
+ Cette liste est \emph{non exhaustive} :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item seule une infime partie des packages existants est chargée par la
+ classe ;
+ \item seuls certains packages chargés par la classe sont cités ;
+ \item seules certaines fonctionnalités des packages cités sont décrites. Le
+ lecteur souhaitant en savoir davantage est invité à lire la documentation de
+ ces packages.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{dbwarning}
+
+\subsection{Références croisées}
+\label{sec-references-croisees}
+
+\DeclareFixedFootnote{\objets}{Section, équation, théorème, figure, tableau,
+ etc.}
+
+Le \Package*{cleveref} rend puissante la gestion des références croisées. Il
+fournit notamment les commandes \refCom{cref} et \refCom{vref} suivantes.
+
+\begin{docCommand}{cref}{\brackets{\meta{label$_1$},...,\meta{label$_n$}}}
+ Si un ou plusieurs objets\objets{} sont labellisés au moyen de
+ \lstinline[deletekeywords={[2]label}]×\label{×\meta{label$_1$}×}×,...,
+ \lstinline[deletekeywords={[2]label}]×\label{×\meta{label$_n$}×}×, la commande
+ \refCom{cref} :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item en affiche les numéros\footnote{Entourés de parenthèses quand c'est
+ l'usage, p. ex. pour les équations.} ;
+ \item en détecte les natures\objets{} et affiche avant leurs numéros les mots clés
+ correspondants\footnote{Fonctionnalité fournie par le \Package{cleveref}.},
+ automatiquement traduit dans la langue de l'article\footnote{Fonctionnalité
+ fournie par la \nwejmauthorcl.}.
+ \end{itemize}
+ %
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+On se reportera aux \cref{sec-titre,sec-auteurs} [...]
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{vref}{\brackets{\meta{label$_1$},...,\meta{label$_n$}}}
+ Cette commande :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item reprend les fonctionnalités de \refCom{cref} ;
+ \item affiche\footnote{Ou pas selon le contexte.} après les numéros des objets
+ référencés les (numéros de) pages où ils se situent\footnote{Fonctionnalité
+ fournie par le \Package{varioref}.}.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ %
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+On se reportera aux \vref{sec-titre,sec-auteurs} [...]
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Liens hypertextes vers l'objet référencé}{}
+ Les numéros et éventuels \aside{numéros de} pages des références croisées
+ créées avec \refCom{cref} et \refCom{vref} sont des liens hypertextes vers les
+ objets référencés\footnote{Fonctionnalité fournie par le \Package{hyperref}.}.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+% \begin{dbremark}{\docAuxCommand{ref} et \docAuxCommand{eqref} : clones de \protect\refCom{vref}}{}
+% Les traditionnelles commandes \docAuxCommand{ref} et \docAuxCommand{eqref} ont
+% été redéfinies par la \nwejmauthorcl pour fonctionner de façon identique
+% à \refCom{vref}.
+% \end{dbremark}
+
+% \subsection{\enquote{Équations} (non-)numérotées}
+% \label{sec:equat-non-numer}
+%
+% Le lecteur, rompu à la composition de formules de mathématiques, connaît
+% certainement le \Package*{amsmath} et les environnements qu'il fournit :
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item ×equation×, ×align×, ×gather×, ×multline× et ×flalign× qui numérotent
+% leur contenu ;
+% \item ×equation*×, ×align*×, ×gather*×, ×multline*× et ×flalign*× qui \emph{ne}
+% numérotent \emph{pas} leur contenu ;
+% \end{itemize}
+% et utilise les premiers si (et seulement si, théoriquement) les contenus
+% correspondants font l'objet de références croisées.
+%
+% Avoir à choisir entre les versions numérotées ou pas présente au moins deux
+% inconvénients pour l'utilisateur :
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item cela l'oblige à se poser à chaque fois la question de la pertinence de la
+% numérotation de sa formule ;
+% \item son choix peut ultérieurement s'avérer caduc\footnote{Et donc nécessiter
+% de passer par exemple d'un environnement étoilé à un non-étoilé \aside*{donc
+% avec ajout d'un label}.}.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% Pour pallier cela, la \nwejmauthorcl{} charge automatiquement le
+% \Package{autonum} qui :
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item permet de ne recourir qu'aux environnements non-étoilés ;
+% \item assure automatiquement que les formules effectivement numérotées seront
+% celles, et seulement celles, s'avérant faire l'objet de références croisées au
+% sein du document.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \begin{bodycode}[listing and text]
+% L'\vref{euler-identity} mérite une référence croisée.
+% \begin{equation}\label{euler-identity}
+% \E[\I\pi]+1=0
+% \end{equation}
+% C'est bien la seule ici.
+% \begin{equation}\label{not-interesting}
+% 0=0
+% \end{equation}
+% Malheureusement.
+% \begin{equation}
+% 1=1
+% \end{equation}
+% \end{bodycode}
+
+\subsection{Acronymes}
+\label{sec:acronymes}
+
+Il est fréquent que des acronymes doivent figurer dans un article de
+mathématiques et le \Package{glossaries} propose pour cela une fonctionnalité
+à la fois très efficace et très simple : il suffit de recourir à ses commandes :
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \refCom{newacronym} pour \emph{définir} un acronyme :
+\item \refCom{gls} (ou \refCom{acrshort}) pour \emph{afficher} un acronyme.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{newacronym}{\marg{clé}\marg{forme courte}\marg{forme longue}}
+ Cette commande, à utiliser de préférence en préambule, définit un acronyme
+ où :
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item \meta{clé} identifie l'acronyme de manière unique dans le
+ document\footnote{À l'auteur de veiller à ne pas utiliser deux fois la même
+ clé pour identifier des acronymes distincts.} ;
+ \item \meta{forme courte} est l'acronyme en lui-même ;
+ \item \meta{forme longue} est la signification de l'acronyme.
+ \end{enumerate}
+\begin{dbwarning}{Forme courte des acronymes : en bas de casse}{}
+ La \meta{forme courte} d'un acronyme est à saisir exclusivement en bas de
+ casse (en minuscules) car elle sera en fait composée en petites capitales.
+\end{dbwarning}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{gls}{\marg{clé}}
+ Cette commande affiche l'acronyme identifié par \marg{clé} selon le principe
+ suivant :
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item la 1\iere{} occurrence de cette commande dans le document affiche
+ l'acronyme sous sa forme \emph{complète}, \ie*{} sa \meta{forme longue}
+ suivie de sa \meta{forme courte} entre parenthèses ;
+ \item les occurrences suivantes affichent l'acronyme uniquement sous
+ \meta{forme courte}.
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{preamblecode}[listing options={alsolanguage={[glossaries]TeX}}]
+\newacronym{bap}{bap}{bounded approximation property}
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={alsolanguage={[glossaries]TeX}}]
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \gls{bap},
+\item \gls{bap}.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{acrshort}{\marg{clé}}
+ Cette commande affiche la \meta{forme courte} (seule) de l'acronyme, quel que
+ soit le contexte\footnote{\Ie*{} même si c'est la 1\iere{} fois que l'acronyme
+ est utilisé dans le document.}.
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{dbremark}{Commande \refCom{acrshort} : utile dans un titre}{}
+ La commande \refCom{acrshort} peut être utile notamment dans le titre d'un
+ article où l'on ne souhaite pas que soit détaillée la forme complète d'un
+ acronyme.
+\end{dbremark}
+
+Le \Package*{glossaries} fournit bien d'autres commandes et offre bien d'autres
+fonctionnalités\autocite[Pour plus de détails, cf. par exemple][]{Bitouze7}.
+
+\subsection{Guillemets, citations}
+\label{sec-guillemets-citations}
+
+Le \Package*{csquotes} est dédié aux citations, formelles et informelles,
+d'extraits de textes. Il propose notamment la commande \refCom{enquote}
+suivante, simple d'emploi.
+
+\begin{docCommand}{enquote}{\marg{texte}}
+ Cette commande compose le \meta{texte} entre guillemets, automatiquement
+ adaptés :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item aux standards typographiques de la langue en cours. On pourra donc
+ l'utiliser dès que du texte est à mettre entre guillemets ;
+ \item au niveau (1 ou 2) de \enquote{citation} en cas d'emboîtement. On
+ pourra donc également l'utiliser dès que du texte est à citer de façon
+ informelle.
+ \end{itemize}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={alsolanguage={[csquotes]TeX}}]
+Il lui répondit : \enquote{Courteline disait: \enquote{Passer
+ pour un idiot aux yeux d'un imbécile est une volupté de fin
+ gourmet.}}
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\begin{docCommand}{blockcquote}{\marg{clé}\marg{extrait}}
+ Cette commande permet de citer un \meta{extrait} de façon
+ formelle\footnote{\Ie*{} avec précision de la source.}, la référence
+ bibliographique correspondante devant figurer dans un des fichiers \file{.bib}
+ ajoutés\footnote{Au moyen de la commande \docAuxCommand{addbibresource}} et
+ y étant identifiée par la clé \meta{clé}.
+
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={alsolanguage={[biblatex]TeX},alsolanguage={[csquotes]TeX},deletekeywords={[3]footnote}}]
+\citeauthor{Bitouze} précise que :
+\blockcquote{Bitouze}{%
+ \textins{Cette} commande compose les citations en détachant
+ automatiquement du paragraphe courant celles qui sont
+ longues\footnote{Par défaut, ce sont celles
+ dépassant 3~lignes.}.%
+}.
+\end{bodycode}
+\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\alph{mpfootnote}}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+La commande \refCom{blockcquote} admet des arguments optionnels permettant
+d'ajouter du texte \meta{antérieur} et/ou \meta{postérieur} à la citation
+d'extrait\autocite[Pour plus de détails, cf. par exemple][]{Bitouze}.
+
+% (\textsc{À suivre...})
+
+\subsection{Adresses Web (\texorpdfstring{\acrshort{url}}{URL})}
+\label{sec-url}
+
+Le \Package*{hyperref} fournit (entre autres) la commande \refCom{url} qui
+permet de facilement afficher des adresses Web, aussi appelées
+\enquote{\gls{url}}, même si elles comportent des caractères spéciaux de \TeX{}
+(×#×,
+%
+\lstinline[commentstyle={}]+%+,
+%
+×_×, ×~×, ×&×, etc.) : ces caractères peuvent donc être saisis tels quels, sauf
+si la commande \refCom{url} est utilisée dans l'argument d'une autre
+commande\footnote{Par exemple \protect\docAuxCommand*{footnote}.} auquel cas les
+caractères ×#× et
+%
+\lstinline[commentstyle={}]+%+
+%
+sont alors à faire précéder de la commande \enquote{d'échappement} ×\×
+(contre-oblique).%
+
+\begin{docCommand}{url}{\marg{adresse Web}}
+ Cette commande affiche l'\meta{adresse Web} saisie \emph{telle quelle} et fait
+ d'elle un lien hypertexte.
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={alsolanguage={[hyperref]TeX},deletekeywords={[2]url}}]
+Nous renvoyons aux instructions aux auteurs sur notre site Web
+\url{http://math.univ-lille1.fr/~nwejm/#Authors}.
+\end{bodycode}
+\end{docCommand}
+
+\subsection{Listes en ligne}
+\label{sec:listes-en-ligne}
+
+Le lecteur est certainement familier des environnements
+\docAuxEnvironment{itemize}, \docAuxEnvironment{enumerate} et
+\docAuxEnvironment{description} permettant de créer des listes respectivement
+non ordonnées\footnote{\enquote{À puces}.}, ordonnées\footnote{\Ie*{}
+ numérotées} et \enquote{de description}. Le \Package*{enumitem} fournit des
+versions étoilées de ces environnements qui composent ces listes \enquote{en
+ ligne}, c'est-à-dire au sein d'un même paragraphe\footnote{Le but premier de
+ ce package est de personnaliser les listes mais cela est déconseillé dans le
+ cadre du \nwejm{} car cela pourrait contrevenir à la marche typographique
+ qu'il a adoptée.}.
+
+\begin{docEnvironment}[doclang/environment content=liste]{itemize*}{}
+ Cet environnement compose une liste \enquote{à puces} en ligne.
+\end{docEnvironment}
+\begin{docEnvironment}[doclang/environment content=liste]{enumerate*}{}
+ Cet environnement compose une liste \enquote{numérotée} en ligne.
+\end{docEnvironment}
+\begin{docEnvironment}[doclang/environment content=liste]{description*}{}
+ Cet environnement compose une liste \enquote{de description} en ligne.
+\end{docEnvironment}
+
+\begin{bodycode}[listing and text,listing options={alsolanguage={[hyperref]TeX},deletekeywords={math},deletekeywords={[2]url,math}}]
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Les données que j'ai rassemblées [...]
+\item Les données que j'ai recueillies sont
+ \begin{enumerate*}
+ \item disponibles publiquement sur internet : pages Web et CV des
+ conférenciers ;
+ \item accessibles par Wikipédia, par le précieux
+ \enquote{mathematics genealogy project}
+ (\url{http://genealogy.math.ndsu.nodak.edu/}) ;
+ \item pour 60 des conférenciers pour lesquelles mes informations
+ étaient trop lacunaires, [...].
+ \end{enumerate*}
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{bodycode}
+
+\appendix
+
+\section{Canevas de fichier source typique}
+\label{sec-canevas-de-fichier}
+
+Le lecteur souhaitant écrire un article pour le \nwejm*{} trouvera ci-dessous un
+canevas de fichier source qui est un modèle typique d'article standard où les
+commandes et environnement moins fréquents ont été mis en commentaire. Il est
+attaché au fichier \file{PDF} de la présente documentation\footnote{Pour
+ l'extraire, il devrait suffire de cliquer sur l'icône ci-dessous. Il peut
+ également être copié-collé : la plupart des afficheurs \textsc{pdf}
+ permettent de sélectionner et de copier du texte.}.
+%
+\newcommand{\attachfilename}{template.tex}%
+\newcommand{\attachfiletextlink}{Canevas de fichier source typique}%
+\tcbinputlisting{%
+ samples,
+ fontupper=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
+ listing only,
+ listing file=../../examples/\attachfilename,
+ title={\attachfiletextlink\ \attachfile{../../examples/\attachfilename}},%
+ listing options={alsolanguage={[biblatex]TeX},deletekeywords={[2]title,author,keywords},deletekeywords={[5]keywords}}
+}
+
+\section{Packages chargés (ou pas) par la
+ classe}\label{sec-packages-charges-ou-pas}
+
+\subsection{Packages chargés par la classe}\label{sec:packages-charges-par}
+
+On a vu que, pour plusieurs de ses fonctionnalités, la \nwejmauthorcl{} s'appuie
+sur des packages qu'elle charge automatiquement. Ceux dont les fonctionnalités
+peuvent être utiles aux auteurs d'articles du \nwejm{} sont répertoriés dans la
+liste suivante qui indique leur fonction et le cas échéant la ou les options
+avec lesquelles ils sont chargés.
+
+En sus des outils propres à la \nwejmauthorcl, tous ceux fournis par ces
+différents packages sont donc à disposition des auteurs de la \nwejm{}.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\package{nag} :] signalement\footnote{Sous forme de \emph{warnings}.} de
+ packages, commandes et environnements obsolètes :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[options par défaut :] \docAuxKey{l2tabu}, \docAuxKey{orthodox} ;
+ \end{description}
+\item[\package{kpfonts} :] police principale du document :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[options par défaut :] \docAuxKey{noDcommand} ;
+ \end{description}
+\item[\package{graphicx} :] inclusion d'images ;
+\item[\package{subcaption} :] sous-figures et sous-tableaux ;
+\item[\package{adjustbox} :] ajustement de la position de boîtes, par exemple
+ d'images ;
+\item[\package{xspace} :] définition de commandes qui ne \enquote{mangent} pas
+ l'espace qui suit ;
+\item[\package{array} :] extension (et corrections de bogues) des
+ environnements de tableaux ;
+\item[\package{booktabs} :] tableaux d'allure professionnelle ;
+\item[\package{csquotes} :] citations d'extraits informelles et
+ formelles\footnote{Avec citation des sources,
+ cf. \vref{sec-guillemets-citations}.} :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[option par défaut :] \docAuxKey{autostyle} ;
+ \item[réglage par défaut :]
+ \lstinline[alsolanguage={[csquotes]TeX},alsolanguage={[biblatex]TeX}]×\SetCiteCommand{\autocite}× ;
+ \end{description}
+\item[\package{biblatex} :] gestion puissante de la bibliographie ;
+\item[\package{datetime2} :] formats de dates et de (zones de) temps :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[option par défaut :] \docAuxKey{useregional} ;
+ \end{description}
+\item[\package{hyperref} :] support pour les liens
+ hypertextes\footnote{Cf. \vref{sec-url}.} :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[option par défaut :] \docAuxKey{hidelinks},
+ \docAuxKey{pdfencoding}\lstinline[alsolanguage={[hyperref]TeX}]×=unicode×,
+ \docAuxKey{final}, \docAuxKey{breaklinks},
+ \docAuxKey{hypertexnames}×=false× ;
+ \end{description}
+\item[\package{glossaries} :] création de glossaires et (listes d')acronymes :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[option par défaut :] \docAuxKey{nowarn} ;
+ \end{description}
+\item[\package{varioref} :] références de pages intelligentes.
+\item[\package{cleveref} :] références croisées
+ intelligentes\footnote{Cf. \vref{sec-references-croisees}.} ;
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[option par défaut :] \docAuxKey{french}, \docAuxKey{ngerman},
+ \docAuxKey{dutch}, \docAuxKey{english}, \docAuxKey{noabbrev},
+ \docAuxKey{capitalize}.
+ \end{description}
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Packages non chargés par la classe}\label{sec:packages-non-charges}
+
+La liste suivante, loin d'être exhaustive, répertorie des packages non chargés
+par la \nwejmauthorcl{} mais pouvant se révéler utiles aux auteurs. En outre,
+lorsqu'ils sont chargés manuellement par l'utilisateur, certains d'entre eux se
+voient fixés par la \nwejmauthorcl{} des options ou réglages dont les plus
+notables sont précisés.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\package{tikz-cd} :] création simple de diagrammes commutatifs de très
+ haute qualité\footnote{Le \Package{xy}, souvent utilisé pour de tels
+ diagrammes, est incomptible avec la présente classe :
+ cf. \vref{sec-incompatibilites}.} ;
+\item[\package{pgfplots} :] création simple de graphiques (de dimensions~$2$
+ ou~$3$) de très haute qualité pour représenter des fonctions ou des données
+ expérimentales ;
+\item[\package{siunitx} :] gestion des nombres, angles et unités, et alignement
+ vertical sur le séparateur décimal dans les tableaux :
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[option par défaut :]\
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \docAuxKey{detect-all} ;
+ \item \docAuxKey{locale}×=×\docValue{FR} ou \docValue{UK} ou \docValue{DE}
+ selon la langue de l'article ;
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{description}
+\item[\package{listings} :] insertion de listings informatiques ;
+\item[\package{todonotes} :] insertion de \enquote{TODO}\footnote{Rappels de
+ points qu'il ne faut pas oublier d'ajouter, de compléter, de réviser, etc.}.
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Incompatibilités}
+\label{sec-incompatibilites}
+
+Pour des raison techniques, le \nwejm{} n'accepte pas de fichier source
+\file{.tex} chargeant le \Package{xy} et la classe \nwejmauthor{} émet une
+erreur si tel est le cas. L'utilisateur ayant à composer des diagrammes
+\enquote{de type matriciel}, notamment des diagrammes commutatifs, est invité
+à recourir au \Package{tikz-cd} à la fois moderne et convivial.
+
+\section{Notations, syntaxe, terminologie et codes couleurs}\label{sec-synt-term-notat}
+
+Nous précisons ici les notations, syntaxe, terminologie et codes couleurs de
+la présente documentation.
+
+\subsection{Commandes, environnements, clés, valeurs}\label{sec-comm-envir-cles}
+
+Les commandes, environnements, clés et valeurs de clés sont systématiquement
+composés en fonte à chasse fixe. En outre, pour plus facilement les
+distinguer, ils figurent avec des couleurs propres :
+\begin{itemize}
+\item les commandes en bleu : \docAuxCommand*{commande} ;
+\item les environnements en \enquote{sarcelle} :
+ \docAuxEnvironment*{environnement} ;
+\item les clés en pourpre : \docAuxKey*{clé} ;
+\item les valeurs des clés en violet : \docValue*{valeur}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Arguments génériques}
+\label{sec-arguments-generiques}
+
+Pour expliquer le rôle d'une commande, il est parfois nécessaire d'indiquer
+à quoi celle-ci s'applique, autrement dit quel en est l'argument générique.
+Un tel argument est composé :
+\begin{itemize}
+\item en fonte à chasse fixe ;
+\item en italique ;
+\item entre chevrons simples ;
+\end{itemize}
+le tout en marron, ainsi : \meta{argument générique}.
+
+\subsection{Liens hypertextes}
+\label{sec-liens-hypertextes}
+
+Les liens hypertextes figurent en couleur, ainsi :
+\href{http://gte.univ-littoral.fr/members/dbitouze/pub/latex}{lien hypertexte}.
+La plupart des références aux commandes, environnements et clés définis dans la
+présente documentation, sont des liens hypertextes, surmontés du numéro de page
+où se trouve la cible correspondante (sauf si elle se situe sur la même page) :
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \refCom{author} ;
+\item \refEnv{abstract}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\subsection{Éléments \enquote{obligatoires}}
+\label{sec-comm-oblig}
+
+L'icône \mandatory{}, figurant en regard de certains éléments (commandes ou
+environnements), indique que ceux-ci sont \enquote{obligatoires}.
+
+\subsection{Codes sources}
+\label{sec-codes-sources}
+
+Les exemples qui illustrent la présente documentation sont constitués de codes
+sources et, le cas échéant, des \enquote{copies d'écran} correspondantes.
+% Ceux-ci proviennent le plus souvent du spécimen de document composé avec la
+% \yatcl, fourni avec l'ensemble de la classe
+% (cf. \vref{sec-specimen-arborescence}).
+
+Ces codes sources figurent dans des cadres, pouvant comporter un titre, de
+couleur bleu :
+\begin{itemize}
+\item non ombrés s'ils doivent être saisis dans le corps du document ;
+\begin{bodycode}
+"\meta{code source}"
+\end{bodycode}
+\begin{bodycode}[title=\meta{titre}]
+"\meta{code source}"
+\end{bodycode}
+\item ombrés s'ils doivent être saisis en préambule du fichier.
+\begin{preamblecode}
+"\meta{code source à insérer en préambule}"
+\end{preamblecode}
+\begin{preamblecode}[title=\meta{titre}]
+"\meta{code source à insérer en préambule}"
+\end{preamblecode}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Espaces dans les codes sources}
+\label{sec-espaces-dans-les}
+
+Pour éviter certaines confusions, les espaces dans les codes sources devant
+être saisis au clavier sont parfois matérialisés au moyen de la marque
+\lstinline[showspaces]+ +.
+
+\subsection{Options}
+\label{sec-options}
+
+La présente classe, ainsi que certaines de ses commandes et certains de ses
+environnements, peuvent être modulés au moyen d'options, ou listes d'options
+(séparées par des virgules). Ces options peuvent se présenter sous la forme
+\meta{clé}×=×\meta{valeur} et la \meta{valeur} passée à une \meta{clé} peut
+être :
+%^^A \begin{description}
+%^^A \item[ne prennent pas de valeur.] Une telle option, par exemple nommée
+%^^A \refKey{option}, est alors documentée selon la syntaxe suivante:
+%^^A \begin{docKey*}{option}{}{\meta{valeurs par défaut et initiale}}
+%^^A \meta{Description de \refKey{option}}
+%^^A \end{docKey*}
+%^^A \item[prennent des valeurs.] Une telle option se présente alors sous la forme
+%^^A \meta{clé}"="\meta{valeur}. Les valeurs passées à une clé peuvent être :
+\begin{description}
+\item[libre.] Si une telle \meta{clé} est (pour l'exemple) nommée
+ \refKey{freekey}, elle est alors documentée selon la syntaxe suivante :
+ \begin{docKey*}{freekey}{=\meta{valeur}}{\meta{valeurs par défaut et initiale}}
+ \meta{Description de \refKey{freekey}}
+ \end{docKey*}
+\item[imposée] (parmi une liste de valeurs possibles). Si une telle \meta{clé} est
+ (pour l'exemple) nommée \refKey{choicekey} et de valeurs imposées
+ \docValue*{valeur1}, \dots{}, \docValue*{valeurN}, elle est alors
+ documentée selon la syntaxe suivante\footnote{Comme souvent en informatique,
+ la barre verticale séparant les valeurs possibles signifie \enquote{ou}.} :
+ \begin{docKey*}{choicekey}{=\docValue*{valeur1}\textbar...\textbar\docValue*{valeurN}}{\meta{valeurs par défaut et initiale}}
+ \meta{Description de \refKey{choicekey} et de ses valeurs possibles}
+ \end{docKey*}
+\end{description}
+%^^A \end{description}
+
+Les \meta{valeurs par défaut et initiale} d'une clé sont souvent précisées
+(entre parenthèses en fin de ligne). Elles indiquent ce que la clé vaut :
+\begin{description}
+\item[par défaut] c'est-à-dire lorsque la clé \emph{est} employée, mais
+ \emph{seule} c'est-à-dire sans qu'une valeur explicite lui soit passée ;
+\item[initialement] c'est-à-dire lorsque la clé \emph{n'est pas} employée.
+\end{description}
+%
+\printbibliography[category=documentation]
+%
+% \tcblistof{dbwarninglist}{Table des
+% avertissements\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Table des avertissements}}%
+% \tcblistof{dbremarklist}{Table des remarques\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Table
+% des remarques}}%
+% \tcblistof[\chapter*]{dbexamplelist}{Table des exemples\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Table des exemples}}%
+% \tcblistof[\chapter*]{dbfaqlist}{Table des
+% questions\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Table des questions}
+%
+\printindex
+\end{document}
+
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/nwejm-fr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/nwejm-fr.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bcce82706..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/doc/nwejm-fr.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm-examples-template.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm-examples-template.dtx
index 55775e4db4..923c68b15d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm-examples-template.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm-examples-template.dtx
@@ -748,6 +748,22 @@ Cf. \vref{thm-bolzano-weierstrass} \& \vref{rmk-euler} \&
% This is a template that may be used for the articles submitted to the
% North-Western European Journal of Mathematics.
%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% CAUTION! %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% This template is based on the `nwejmart` class. For:
+%
+% - your name(s), as author(s) of this article,
+% - the list of bibliographic references,
+%
+% to be correctly displayed, this class requires :
+%
+% - the `biblatex` package (already loaded by the class),
+% - as a bibliographic engine, NOT the usual `bibtex`, BUT `biber`.
+%
+% See the documentation (currently only in French) for more details.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
% The language of the article is by default English. Should it be French, German
% or Dutch instead, it would be specified as \documentclass' option.
%COMMENT
@@ -848,3 +864,9 @@ Cf. \vref{thm-bolzano-weierstrass} \& \vref{rmk-euler} \&
% \begin{macrocode}
%</template>
% \end{macrocode}
+
+% \endinput
+% Local Variables:
+% mode: doctex
+% TeX-master: "nwejm"
+% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm.dtx
index 86bfb0627b..3228fa2384 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm/source/nwejm.dtx
@@ -2,6 +2,268 @@
%<*internal>
\iffalse
%</internal>
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*ctanomat>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is a description file for ctan-o-mat.
+% It manages uploads of a package to
+% CTAN -- the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network.
+%
+% The syntax is roughly oriented towards (La)TeX.
+% Two form of the macros are used. The simple macros take one argument
+% in braces. Here the argument may not contain embedded macros.
+%
+% The second form uses an environment enclosed in \begin{}/\end{}.
+% In the long text fields logo macros can be used.
+%
+% You should enter your values between the begin and the end of the
+% named type.
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the CTAN id of the package.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 32 characters.
+\pkg{nwejm}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the version of the package.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 32 characters.
+\version{1.0.3 2022-02-04}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the name of the author(s).
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 128 characters.
+\author{Denis Bitouzé}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the email address of the uploader.
+% The value is an email address.
+% The value is restricted to 255 characters.
+\email{denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the name of the uploader.
+% The value is restricted to 255 characters.
+\uploader{Denis Bitouzé}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the directory on CTAN.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 255 characters.
+\ctanPath{/macros/latex/contrib/nwejm}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the license.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 2048 characters.
+% Multiple values are allowed.
+\license{lppl1.3c}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the URL of the home page.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is a URL.
+% The value is restricted to 255 characters.
+% Multiple values are allowed.
+\home{}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the URL of the bug tracker.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is a URL.
+% The value is restricted to 255 characters.
+% Multiple values are allowed.
+\bugtracker{https://github.com/dbitouze/nwejm/issues/}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the support channel.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is a URL.
+% The value is restricted to 255 characters.
+% Multiple values are allowed.
+\support{}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the version management.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is a URL.
+% The value is restricted to 255 characters.
+% Multiple values are allowed.
+\repository{https://github.com/dbitouze/nwejm/}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the developer's channel.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is a URL.
+% The value is restricted to 255 characters.
+% Multiple values are allowed.
+\development{}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the update indicator; true for update.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 8 characters.
+\update{true}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the topics id.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 1024 characters.
+% Multiple values are allowed.
+\topic{}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the text for the mail announcement.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 8192 characters.
+\begin{announcement}
+\end{announcement}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the one-liner for the package.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 128 characters.
+\summary{Support for the journal “North-Western European Journal of Mathematics”}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the descriptive abstract for the package.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 4096 characters.
+\begin{description}
+The bundle includes LaTeX classes and BibLaTeX styles files dedicated to the new
+journal [“North-Western European Journal of
+Mathematics”](http://math.univ-lille1.fr/~nwejm/):
+- nwejm for the complete issues of the journal, aimed at the NWEJM’s team,
+- nwejmart, intended for the authors who wish to publish an article in the NWEJM. This class’s goal is to:
+ - faithfully reproduce the layout of the nwejm, thus enabling the authors to be able to work their document in actual conditions,
+ - provide a number of tools (commands and environments) to facilitate the drafting of documents, in particular those containing mathematical formulas.
+\end{description}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the note to the CTAN upload managers.
+% The value is optional.
+% The value is restricted to 2048 characters.
+\begin{note}
+\end{note}
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This field contains the archive file.
+% The value is the file name of the archive to be uploaded.
+% It may have a relative or absolute directory.
+\file{../dtx-forge/nwejm.zip}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</ctanomat>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*changelog>
+% \end{macrocode}
+# [Unreleased]
+
+# [1.0.3] - 2022-02-04
+
+## Added
+- Add the ability to fit the TOC on a reduced number of pages.
+- Warning in the documentation and in the template about the necessity to use both `biblatex` and `biber`.
+
+## Fixed
+- Authors in headers appeared one page too early.
+- `\begin{alignat}{X}...` displayed "X".
+- Boring warning "unable to apply patch 'eqnum'".
+- Conflicts between `tikzcd` and (Dutch) `babel`.
+
+# [1.0.2] - 2021-10-12
+
+## Fixed
+- Bug gh #4 (https://git.io/JKLYW).
+- Fix bug in case of engine other than `pdftex`.
+
+# [1.0.1] - 2020-03-18
+
+## Fixed
+- Track changes in `expl3`.
+- Fix bugs due to changes in `expl3`.
+
+# [1.0.0] - 2020-01-28
+
+## Added
+- README file.
+- CHANGELOG file (following https://keepachangelog.com/en/1.0.0/).
+- Semantic versionning (following https://semver.org/).
+- Publication director, composer, masthead (not for the articles' authors).
+
+## Fixed
+- Track changes in `expl3`.
+
+# [0.98f] - 2019-03-18
+
+## Added
+- Built-in "conditions" enumeration.
+- New public command for easily create new enumerations.
+
+## Changed
+- "Such that" symbol in sets definitions now is `\vert` instead of `\slash`.
+- `authoryear` bib and cite style changed for `authoryear-comp`.
+- Hyperfootnotes now true.
+- Documentation improved.
+- Plural forms of (new) theorems now handled.
+- Command `\textcite` revisited.
+- Minor other changes.
+
+## Fixed
+- Several bug fixes.
+
+# [0.98e] - 2018-04-07
+
+## Changed
+- Track changes in `expl3`.
+- Support for `biblatex` 3.8 changes.
+- "Cont. next page" notifications for `align` and `multline` across page breaks.
+- *Breaking change* `flalign(*)` and `alignat(*)` now are aliases of `align(*)`
+ (needed for the previous feature).
+- *Breaking change* Package `autonum` not loaded anymore: `equation`, `align`,
+ `gather`, `multline` and `flalign` that have to be un-numbered should now be
+ starred.
+- Some new, minor, features.
+
+## Fixed
+- Several bug fixes.
+
+# [0.98c] - 2017-02-09
+
+## Fixed
+- Fix error due to `l3sort` is now available directly on loading `expl3`.
+
+# [0.98b] - 2017-02-06
+
+## Changed
+- Adjustments because of deprecated functions removed from `expl3`.
+
+## Fixed
+- Fix "n.d." appeared in case `.bib` files use `year` field instead of `date`
+ field.
+- Other minor bug fix.
+
+# [0.98a] - 2017-01-06
+
+## Changed
+- Documentation improved.
+
+## Fixed
+- Bug fixes.
+
+# [0.97] - 2016-06-10
+
+## Added
+- Instructions to authors
+
+## Changed
+- Package `xy` declared incompatible with the current bundle.
+
+## Fixed
+- Sections in appendices of the documentation are alphabetically numbered.
+- The page numbers of standalone articles/issue are synchronized.
+
+# [0.96] - 2016-04-14
+
+## Changed
+- Improvements.
+- (Not backward compatible) Big sets macros prefixed with `bb`, e.g. `\bbR`
+ instead of `\R`.
+
+## Fixed
+- Bug fixes.
+
+# [0.95] - 2016-04-04
+
+- Initial CTAN release of the `nwejm` bundle.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</changelog>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
%<*readme>
nwejm - Support for the journal "North-Western European Journal of Mathematics"
===============================================================================
@@ -13,7 +275,7 @@ new journal "North-Western European Journal of Mathematics".
Release
-------
-2021-10-12 v1.0.2
+2022-02-04 v1.0.3
Development
-----------
@@ -44,7 +306,7 @@ https://github.com/dbitouze/nwejm.
\input l3docstrip.tex
\Msg{********************************************************}
\Msg{* Installation}
-\Msg{* Class: nwejm 2021-10-12 v1.0.2}
+\Msg{* Class: nwejm 2022-02-04 v1.0.3}
\Msg{* for the journal}
\Msg{* "North-Western European Journal of Mathematics" (DB)}
\Msg{********************************************************}
@@ -61,7 +323,7 @@ License:| Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later
\endpreamble
\postamble
-Copyright (C) 2015-2021 by Denis Bitouze <denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr>
+Copyright (C) 2015-2022 by Denis Bitouze <denis.bitouze@univ-littoral.fr>
This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either
@@ -82,7 +344,6 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
%
\def\NWEJM@classname{\jobname}
\def\NWEJM@addons{addons}
-\def\NWEJM@documentation{documentation}
\def\NWEJM@examplestemplate{\jobname-examples-template}
%
\usedir{tex/latex/\NWEJM@classname}
@@ -108,6 +369,11 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
%</install>
%<install>\endbatchfile
%<*internal>
+\usedir{.}
+\generate{
+ \nopreamble\nopostamble
+ \file{\NWEJM@classname.pkg}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{ctanomat}}
+}%
\usedir{source/latex/\NWEJM@classname}
\generate{
\file{\NWEJM@classname.ins}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{install}}
@@ -117,8 +383,9 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\usedir{doc/latex/\NWEJM@classname}
\generate{
\file{README.md}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{readme}}
+ \file{CHANGELOG.md}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{changelog}}
}
-\usedir{doc/latex/\NWEJM@classname/french/\NWEJM@documentation}
+\usedir{doc/latex/\NWEJM@classname/french}
\generate{
\file{latexmkrc}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{latexmkrc}}
}
@@ -323,8 +590,8 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\ProvidesExplClass
%<class> {nwejm}
%<class-article> {nwejmart}
- {2021-10-12}
- {1.0.2}
+ {2022-02-04}
+ {1.0.3}
{
Class for the journal "North-Western European Journal of Mathematics".
}
@@ -628,7 +895,7 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
%
% \item Load of main font to be used:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \RequirePackage[easyscsl,noDcommand]{kpfonts}
+ \RequirePackage[noDcommand]{kpfonts}
}{
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -873,6 +1140,12 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\RequirePackage{tocvsec2}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \item Control table of contents, figures, etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{tocloft}%
+\gdef\ttl@savemark{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \item Completely customisable TOCs:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{etoc}%
@@ -880,7 +1153,7 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
%
% \item Subliminal refinements towards typographical perfection:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[babel=true,final]{microtype}%
+\RequirePackage[babel=true,nopatch=eqnum,final]{microtype}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \item Current date and time formatting:
@@ -939,14 +1212,6 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\RequirePackage{cleveref}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \item Automatic equation references (we first make use of a workaround due to
-% Enrico Gregorio in order to get rid of the warning about \package{etex} --~
-% see https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/285953/18401):
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\def\csname ver@etex.sty\endcsname{3000/12/31}
-\let\globcount\newcount
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \end{enumerate}
%
% Setings of the glossaries and acronyms.
@@ -1259,7 +1524,7 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_paperwidth_dim}
% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_topmargin_dim}
% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_headsep_dim}
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_botmargin_dim}
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_bottom_margin_front_dim}
% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_innermargin_dim}
% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_outermargin_dim}
% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_footskip_dim}
@@ -1480,10 +1745,10 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\c_@@_headsep_inside_frontcover_dim
}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_headheight_dim { 5mm }
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_botmargin_dim { 30mm}
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_bottom_margin_main_dim { 36mm}
+\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_bottom_margin_front_dim { 30mm}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_footskip_dim { 10mm}
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_margin_frontcover_dim { 15mm }
-\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_bottom_frontcover_dim { 15mm }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_left_minipage_frontcover_dim { .4\linewidth }
\dim_const:Nn \c_@@_right_minipage_frontcover_dim { .6\linewidth }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1516,13 +1781,6 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% We set the default geometry of the page.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\geometry{%
- papersize={\c_@@_paperwidth_dim,\c_@@_paperheight_dim}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1573,7 +1831,7 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
,top=\c_@@_topmargin_inside_cover_dim
,headheight=\c_@@_headheight_dim
,headsep=\c_@@_headsep_inside_frontcover_dim
- ,bottom=\c_@@_botmargin_dim
+ ,bottom=\c_@@_bottom_margin_front_dim
,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim
,nomarginpar%
,textwidth=\c_@@_inside_cover_textwidth_dim
@@ -1585,7 +1843,7 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
,top=\c_@@_topmargin_inside_cover_dim
,headheight=\c_@@_headheight_dim
,headsep=\c_@@_headsep_inside_frontcover_dim
- ,bottom=\c_@@_botmargin_dim
+ ,bottom=\c_@@_bottom_margin_front_dim
,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim
,nomarginpar%
,textwidth=\c_@@_inside_cover_textwidth_dim
@@ -1602,7 +1860,7 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
,top=\c_@@_topmargin_front_matter_dim%
,headheight=\c_@@_headheight_dim
,headsep=\c_@@_headsep_front_matter_dim
- ,bottom=\c_@@_botmargin_dim
+ ,bottom=\c_@@_bottom_margin_front_dim
,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim%
,inner=\c_@@_innermargin_dim+\c_@@_front_matter_extra_innermargin_dim%
,outer=\c_@@_outermargin_dim+\c_@@_front_matter_extra_outermargin_dim%
@@ -1643,6 +1901,7 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
,textwidth=\c_@@_layoutwidth_dim*3/4
,textheight=\c_@@_layoutheight_dim*3/4
% ,marginratio={4\string :6,5\string :7}
+ ,bottom=\c_@@_bottom_margin_main_dim
,inner=\c_@@_innermargin_dim
,headheight=\c_@@_headheight_dim
,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim
@@ -1653,13 +1912,25 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
% ,top=\c_@@_topmargin_dim%
% ,headheight=\c_@@_headheight_dim
% ,headsep=\c_@@_headsep_dim
- % ,bottom=\c_@@_botmargin_dim
+ % ,bottom=\c_@@_bottom_margin_front_dim
% ,footskip=\c_@@_footskip_dim
% ,inner=\c_@@_innermargin_dim
% ,outer=\c_@@_outermargin_dim
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% We set the default geometry of the page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\geometry
+{%
+ papersize={\c_@@_paperwidth_dim,\c_@@_paperheight_dim},
+}
+\exp_after:wN\geometry\exp_after:wN
+{%
+ \c_@@_main_geometry_tl
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</class|class-article>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1742,7 +2013,6 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_for_authors_bool}{
\bool_if:NF {\g_@@_tableofcontents_already_used_bool}{
\normalsize%
- \clearpage%
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool%
\g_@@_mainmatter_switch_tl
}
@@ -1751,7 +2021,7 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
}%
\renewcommand\etocaftercontentshook
{%
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
+ % \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -2605,10 +2875,12 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\end{description}
\end{description}
\end{multicols*}
- \clearpage%
+ % \clearpage%
+ \restoregeometry
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_inside_frontcover_bool
\pagestyle{@@_frontmatter_ps}%
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
+ \restoregeometry
+ % \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -3314,6 +3586,12 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/475788/18401}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \inputarticle { O{english} m } {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% First, we don't want the (next) title to appear in the headers of the preceding
+% article.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cleardoublepage
\int_gincr:N \g_@@_articles_int
\newrefsection
\renewcommand*{\glspluralsuffix}{s}
@@ -3499,12 +3777,6 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\RenewDocumentCommand \title { o o m } {
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% We don't want the (next) title to appear in the headers of the preceding
-% article.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \cleardoublepage
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% We increment the "\g_@@_articles_int" integer that counts the number of
% articles in order to provide for each of them a unique bibliographic key.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3626,10 +3898,10 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_frontmatter_switch_tl%
\tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_frontmatter_switch_tl {
- \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_frontmatter_bool
\frontmatter
- \pagestyle{@@_frontmatter_ps}%
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
+ % \pagestyle{@@_frontmatter_ps}%
+ % \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -3643,7 +3915,8 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
\mainmatter
% \SetParskip{\c_@@_mainmatter_parskip_skip}
\pagestyle{@@_mainmatter_ps}%
- \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
+ \restoregeometry
+ % \exp_after:wN\newgeometry\exp_after:wN{\c_@@_main_geometry_tl}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -5288,16 +5561,21 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/399979/18401}). As a workaround, we make
% these environments the same as ×align(*)×.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\clist_set:Nn \l_tmpa_clist {flalign,alignat}
-\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_clist {
- \RenewEnviron{#1}
- {
- \cs:w db_multiline_eq:nV\cs_end: {align} \BODY
- }
- \RenewEnviron{#1*}
- {
- \cs:w db_multiline_eq:nV\cs_end: {align*} \BODY
- }
+\RenewEnviron{flalign}
+{
+ \cs:w db_multiline_eq:nV\cs_end: {align} \BODY
+}
+\RenewEnviron{flalign*}
+{
+ \cs:w db_multiline_eq:nV\cs_end: {align*} \BODY
+}
+\RenewEnviron{alignat}[1]
+{
+ \cs:w db_multiline_eq:nV\cs_end: {align} \BODY
+}
+\RenewEnviron{alignat*}[1]
+{
+ \cs:w db_multiline_eq:nV\cs_end: {align*} \BODY
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -5758,22 +6036,12 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
%
% \subsection{Related to \Pkg{kpfonts}}
%
-% We robustify the "\itshape" redefinition (in case of "easyscsl" option), that
-% is not robust in \pkg{kpfonts} code
-% (cf. \url{https://groups.google.com/d/msg/fr.comp.text.tex/hIi97ipK5qA/WJoPwvH-p1UJ}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\sys_if_engine_pdftex:T
-{
- \ifkp@easyscsl
- \DeclareRobustCommand{\itshape}{\not@math@alphabet\itshape\mathit%
- \ifthenelse{\equal{\f@shape}{\scdefault}}{\fontshape{scsl}}{%
- \fontshape\itdefault}\selectfont}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
%
% We replace the \pkg{kpfonts}' \enquote{mathfrak} by the one from
% \enquote{eufrak}, as the former doesn't provide Euler Fraktur digits.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\sys_if_engine_pdftex:T
+{
\DeclareMathAlphabet\mathfrak{U}{euf}{m}{n}
\SetMathAlphabet\mathfrak{bold}{U}{euf}{b}{n}
}
@@ -5911,15 +6179,24 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% % By default, we switch the shorthand character ×"× off used by the Dutch and
-% % German languages as they are source of many troubles, especially with the
-% % ×tikzcd× environments.
-% % \begin{macrocode}
-% \AddToHook{begindocument/end}{%
-% \shorthandoff{"}%
-% \usetikzlibrary{babel}%
-% }
-% % \end{macrocode}
+% By default, we switch the shorthand character ×"× off used by the Dutch and
+% German languages as they are source of many troubles, especially with the
+% ×tikzcd× environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{begindocument/end}{%
+ % \shorthandoff{"}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{tikz}{%
+ \usetikzlibrary{babel}%
+ }{}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% By default, the page style is the one of the mainmatter.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{begindocument/end}{%
+ \pagestyle{@@_mainmatter_ps}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% We now leave the \LaTeX3{} programming environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6733,18 +7010,45 @@ Running "make install" installs the files in the local TeX tree.
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-$pdf_mode = 1;
+$pdf_mode = 4;
+$biber = 'biber -U %O %B';
$bibtex_use = 1;
-$bibtex = 'biber -U %O %B';
-$makeindex = 'texindy -L english';
+$pdflatex="pdflatex -synctex=1 %O %S";
+$lualatex="lualatex -synctex=1 %O %S";
+
+add_cus_dep('glo', 'gls', 0, 'makeglossaries');
+add_cus_dep('acn', 'acr', 0, 'makeglossaries');
+add_cus_dep('slo', 'sls', 0, 'makeglossaries');
+sub makeglossaries {
+ my ($base_name, $path) = fileparse( $_[0] );
+ pushd $path;
+ my $return = system "makeglossaries", $base_name;
+ popd;
+ return $return;
+}
+
+$makeindex = 'texindy -L english -C utf8';
+
+push @generated_exts, 'acn', 'acr', 'alg', 'bbl', 'bcf', 'fls', 'gl*', 'ist',
+'run.xml', 'sbl*', 'sl*', 'sym*', 'unq', 'mw' ;
-push @generated_exts, "aux", "idx", "ind", "lo*", "out", "toc", "acn", "acr",
-"alg", "bbl", "bcf", "fls", "gl*", "ist", "run.xml", "sbl*", "sl*", "sym*",
-"xdy", "unq", "mw", "*~" "sta" ;
+$clean_ext .= ' synctex.gz* run.xml tex.bak out sta bbl bcf fdb_latexmk run tdo
+ listing *~ lo* xdy vrb ain atfi nav snm thm iny xref db* listing tcbtemp aux
+ idx ind lof lot out toc acn acr alg glg* glo* gls* ins sbl slg sym ist
+ run.xml xdy lol fls unq synctex.gz mw *~ aux bcf frm msk nlg nls ntn tcbtemp
+ thm nav nlo not i dx ind lof lot out toc acn acr alg glg glo gls glg2 gls2
+ glo2 sbl slg slo sls sym glsdefs ist run.xml xdy lol fls unq synctex.gz *~
+ listing png tkzfct.gnuplot tkzfct.table mw snm tns sta %R.*.vrb xref 4ct 4tc idv
+ lg pre tmp *.typo mp epub html' ;
-$clean_ext = "synctex.gz* run.xml tex.bak bbl bcf fdb_latexmk run tdo listing sta"
+@generated_exts = qw(db* listing tcbtemp aux idx ind lof lot out toc acn acr alg
+glg* glo* gls* ins sbl slg sym ist run.xml xdy lol fls unq synctex.gz mw *~ aux
+bcf frm msk nlg nls ntn tcbtemp thm nav nlo not i dx ind lof lot out toc acn acr
+alg glg glo gls glg2 gls2 glo2 sbl slg slo sls sym glsdefs ist run.xml xdy lol
+fls unq synctex.gz *~ listing png tkzfct.gnuplot tkzfct.table mw snm tns sta
+vrb xref *.typo mp epub html);
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/README b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/README
index 3c6f5b5893..9aed19a8cf 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/README
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/README
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-the TRANSLATIONS package v1.11 - 2022/01/04
+the TRANSLATIONS package v1.12 - 2022/02/05
internationalization of LaTeX2e packages
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clemens Niederberger
Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
@@ -22,13 +22,14 @@ This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
The Current Maintainer of this work is Clemens Niederberger.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
The translations package consists of the files
- - translations.sty, translations_en.tex, translations_en.pdf,
+ - translations.sty, translations_manual.tex, translations_manual.pdf,
translations-basic-dictionary-brazil.trsl,
translations-basic-dictionary-catalan.trsl,
- translations-basic-dictionary-english.trsl,
translations-basic-dictionary-dutch.trsl,
+ translations-basic-dictionary-english.trsl,
translations-basic-dictionary-french.trsl,
translations-basic-dictionary-german.trsl,
+ translations-basic-dictionary-polish.trsl,
translations-basic-dictionary-spanish.trsl
- README
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-brazil.trsl b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-brazil.trsl
index 0ceefdc47c..7d8684d069 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-brazil.trsl
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-brazil.trsl
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-catalan.trsl b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-catalan.trsl
index f53c5dc867..5f15e28005 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-catalan.trsl
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-catalan.trsl
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-dutch.trsl b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-dutch.trsl
index 5d1c66b3f6..ab96c8c8bb 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-dutch.trsl
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-dutch.trsl
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-english.trsl b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-english.trsl
index ab554a8a29..f66c21ef25 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-english.trsl
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-english.trsl
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-french.trsl b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-french.trsl
index a5f3fd2e83..e2ed50b870 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-french.trsl
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-french.trsl
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-german.trsl b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-german.trsl
index 3caa51765f..15169f11da 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-german.trsl
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-german.trsl
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-polish.trsl b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-polish.trsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e6990edc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-polish.trsl
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% the TRANSLATIONS package
+%
+% internationalization of LaTeX2e packages
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% Clemens Niederberger
+% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008/05/04 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Clemens Niederberger.
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+\ProvideDictionaryFor{Polish}{translations-basic-dictionary}
+
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Abstract}{Streszczenie}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Addresses}{Adresy}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{addresses}{adresy}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Address}{Adres}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{address}{adres}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{and}{i}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Appendix}{Dodatek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Authors}{Autorzy}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{authors}{autorzy}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Author}{Autor}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{author}{autor}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Bibliography}{Bibliografia}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{cc}{dw.}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Chapters}{Rozdzia\l y}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{chapters}{rozdzia\l y}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Chapter}{Rozdzia\l}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{chapter}{rozdzia\l}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Conclusion}{Wniosek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{conclusion}{wniosek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Contents}{Spis tre\' sci}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Continuation}{Kontynuacja}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{continuation}{kontynuacja}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{cont}{kont.}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{encl (plural)}{zał.}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{encl (singular)}{zał.}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{encl}{zał.}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Figures}{Rysunki}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{figures}{rysunki}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Figure}{Rysunek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{figure}{rysunek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{From}{Od}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{from}{od}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Glossary}{Glosariusz}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Index}{Skorowidz}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Introduction}{Wprowadzenie}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{introduction}{wprowadzenie}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{List of Figures and Tables}{Spis rysunk\' ow i~tabel}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{List of Figures}{Spis rysunk\' ow}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{List of Tables}{Spis tabel}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{or}{lub}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Outline}{Zarys}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Overview}{Przegl\k ad}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Pages}{Strony}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{pages}{strony}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Page}{Strona}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{page}{strona}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Paragraphs}{Akapity}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{paragraphs}{akapity}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Paragraph}{Akapit}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{paragraph}{akapit}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Parts}{Cz\k e\' sci}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{parts}{cz\k e\' sci}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Part}{Cz\k e\' s\' c}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{part}{cz\k e\' s\' c}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Preface}{Przedmowa}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Proofs}{Dowody}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{proofs}{dowody}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Proof}{Dow\'od}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{proof}{dow\'od}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{References}{Literatura}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Related work}{Prace pokrewne}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Related Work}{Prace pokrewne}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Sections}{Podrozdzia\l y}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{sections}{podrozdzia\l y}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Section}{Podrozdzia\l}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{section}{podrozdzia\l}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{See also}{Zobacz te\. z}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{see also}{zobacz te\. z}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{See}{Zobacz}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{see}{zobacz}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Sketch of Proofs}{Szkic dowod\' ow}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Sketch of proofs}{Szkic dowod\' ow}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Sketch of Proof}{Szkic dowodu}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Sketch of proof}{Szkic dowodu}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Subsections}{Paragrafy}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{subsections}{paragrafy}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Subsection}{Paragraf}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{subsection}{paragraf}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Summary}{Podsumowanie}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Tables}{Tabele}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{tables}{tabele}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Table}{Tabela}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{table}{tabela}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{To}{Do}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{to}{do}
+
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Monday}{poniedzia\l ek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Tuesday}{wtorek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Wednesday}{\' sroda}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Thursday}{czwartek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Friday}{pi\k atek}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Saturday}{sobota}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{Sunday}{niedziela}
+
+\ProvideDictTranslation{January}{stycze\' n}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{February}{luty}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{March}{marzec}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{April}{kwiecie\' n}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{May}{maj}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{June}{czerwiec}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{July}{lipiec}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{August}{sierpie\' n}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{September}{wrzesie\' n}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{October}{pa\' zdziernik}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{November}{listopad}
+\ProvideDictTranslation{December}{grudzie\' n}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-spanish.trsl b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-spanish.trsl
index 83de194e97..fabb3dcd96 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-spanish.trsl
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/dicts/translations-basic-dictionary-spanish.trsl
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations_en.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations-manual.pdf
index 1776de4ca5..456173d287 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations_en.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations-manual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations_en.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations-manual.tex
index 60f0fe835e..da911cf407 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations_en.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations-manual.tex
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
\setcnltx{
package = {translations} ,
authors = Clemens Niederberger ,
- email = contact@mychemistry.eu ,
+ email = clemens@cnltx.de ,
url = https://github.com/cgnieder/translations ,
info = {Internationalization of \LaTeXe\ Packages} ,
add-cmds = {
@@ -619,12 +619,13 @@ Every dictionary file \emph{must} contain the declaration
\subsubsection{\translations' Basic Dictionaries}\label{sec:transl-basic-dict}
\translations\ already provides a basic dictionary for the languages
\begin{itemize}
- \item Brazilian,
- \item Catalan,
+ \item \sinceversion{1.9}Brazilian,
+ \item \sinceversion{1.5}Catalan,
\item English,
- \item Dutch,
+ \item \sinceversion{1.5}Dutch,
\item French,
- \item German, and
+ \item German,
+ \item \sinceversion{1.12}Polish, and
\item Spanish.
\end{itemize}
The corresponding dictionary\footnote{Or dictionaries if more than one of
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations.sty
index ea75c22521..0ba52b1d3d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/translations/translations.sty
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Clemens Niederberger
% Web: https://github.com/cgnieder/translations
-% E-Mail: contact@mychemistry.eu
+% E-Mail: clemens@cnltx.de
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-% Copyright 2012--2021 Clemens Niederberger
+% Copyright 2012--2022 Clemens Niederberger
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
% If you have any ideas, questions, suggestions or bugs to report, please
% feel free to contact me.
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-\newcommand*\@trnslt@date{2022/01/04}
-\newcommand*\@trnslt@version{v1.11}
+\newcommand*\@trnslt@date{2022/02/05}
+\newcommand*\@trnslt@version{v1.12}
\newcommand*\@trnslt@packageinfo{internationalization of LaTeX2e packages}
\ProvidesPackage{translations}[%
@@ -1236,3 +1236,5 @@
- make nynorsk a dialect of norsk, fixes issue #19
- don't define the literal string as command but output it
directly; fixes issue #13
+ - correct some Dutch translations
+2022/02/05 v1.12 - add Polish translations, thanks to Jacub Kaczor
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/README b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/README
index 1c366d3da1..eca71ea022 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/README
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/README
@@ -80,6 +80,23 @@ also have a look at the example files.
== CHANGES ==
+V. 1.17 (2022-02-05):
+ - univie-ling-wlg:
+ * Allow to set fixed publication date via \date in titling
+ - univie-ling-paper:
+ * Fix "apa" option
+ * Omit quotation marks when title is empty
+ - univie-ling-thesis:
+ * Fix "apa" option
+ * Omit quotation marks when title is empty
+ - univie-ling-expose:
+ * Fix "apa" option
+ * Omit quotation marks when title is empty
+ - univie-ling.{bbx,cbx}:
+ * Draw on authoryear-comp rather than uncompressed
+ version (in line with major journal's interpretation
+ of the unified style sheet)
+
V. 1.16 (2021-11-03):
- univie-ling-paper:
* Adjust font size and margins to dept. standards.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.bbx
index 7b378e5c1e..f4f50472d0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.bbx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.bbx
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\ProvidesFile{univie-ling.bbx}[2021/11/03 v1.16 biblatex bibliography style]
+\ProvidesFile{univie-ling.bbx}[2022/02/05 v1.17 biblatex bibliography style]
-% Load base style (authoryear)
-\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear}
+% Load base style (authoryear-comp)
+\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear-comp}
% Bibliography Options
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.cbx
index a6c94afa82..9ff80e98f3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.cbx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/biblatex-univie-ling/univie-ling.cbx
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\ProvidesFile{univie-ling.cbx}[2021/11/03 v1.16 biblatex citation style]
+\ProvidesFile{univie-ling.cbx}[2022/02/05 v1.17 biblatex citation style]
-\RequireCitationStyle{authoryear}
+\RequireCitationStyle{authoryear-comp}
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
labeldateparts,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.pdf
index 5e0dc5db2c..e517aeab34 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.tex
index 536237d1b1..7dfaefb9a0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/templates/template-wlg-article.tex
@@ -42,6 +42,9 @@
\title{Aufsatztitel}
\subtitle{Untertitel}
+% This lets you set a fixed publication date (by default, \today is used)
+% \date{12. Dezember 2021}
+
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.pdf
index 0f5a089f73..6b4989c489 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.tex
index 69dcc75dce..1264896923 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-expose.tex
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
\author{\texorpdfstring{Jrgen Spitzmller%
\thanks{Please report issues via \protect\url{https://github.com/jspitz/univie-ling}.}}{Jrgen Spitzmller}}
-\date{Version 1.16, 2021/11/03}
+\date{Version 1.17, 2022/02/05}
\maketitle
@@ -326,6 +326,11 @@ Templates are provided as well:
\section{Release History}
\begin{description}
+ \item 2022/02/05 (v.\,1.17)
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Fix option \joption{apa}.
+ \item Omit quotation marks when title is empty.
+ \end{itemize}
\item 2021/11/03 (v.\,1.16)
\begin{itemize}
\item Add option \joption{draftmark}. See sec.~\ref{draft}.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.pdf
index d663dae870..9d557a76c4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.tex
index 94c1edb891..4bf7eca5a6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-paper.tex
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
\author{\texorpdfstring{Jrgen Spitzmller%
\thanks{Please report issues via \protect\url{https://github.com/jspitz/univie-ling}.}}{Jrgen Spitzmller}}
-\date{Version 1.16, 2021/11/03}
+\date{Version 1.17, 2022/02/05}
\maketitle
@@ -349,6 +349,11 @@ Templates are provided as well:
\section{Release History}
\begin{itemize}
+ \item 2022/02/05 (v.\,1.17)
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Fix option \joption{apa}.
+ \item Omit quotation marks when title is empty.
+ \end{itemize}
\item 2021/11/03 (v.\,1.16)
\begin{itemize}
\item Adjust font size and margins to dept. standards.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.pdf
index 76ef6f22f5..ad101a880f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.tex
index 94e29acbc0..633af56324 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-thesis.tex
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
\author{\texorpdfstring{Jrgen Spitzmller%
\thanks{Please report issues via \protect\url{https://github.com/jspitz/univie-ling}.}}{Jrgen Spitzmller}}
-\date{Version 1.16, 2021/11/03}
+\date{Version 1.17, 2022/02/05}
\maketitle
@@ -386,8 +386,13 @@ Templates are provided as well:
\section{Release History}
\begin{itemize}
- \item 2021/11/03 (v.\,1.16)
- \begin{itemize}
+ \item 2022/02/05 (v.\,1.17)
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Fix option \joption{apa}.
+ \item Omit quotation marks when title is empty.
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item 2021/11/03 (v.\,1.16)
+ \begin{itemize}
\item Add \jcsmacro{makedeclaration} (for BA theses). See sec.~\ref{decl}.
\item Adjust font size and margins of BA thesis to dept. standards.
\item Add option \joption{draftmark}. See sec.~\ref{draft}.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.pdf
index ab3e009ac4..b30af6669a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.tex
index 9380a29f8c..32c0c0c6a6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/doc/univie-ling-wlg.tex
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
\author{\texorpdfstring{Jrgen Spitzmller%
\thanks{Please report issues via \protect\url{https://github.com/jspitz/univie-ling}.}}{Jrgen Spitzmller}}
-\date{Version 1.16, 2021/11/03}
+\date{Version 1.17, 2022/02/05}
\maketitle
@@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ In general, the data for the editorial board should be set/changed in a local co
specifies the gender)
\item{\jcsmacro{title\{<title>\}}}: Title of the paper.
\item{\jcsmacro{subtitle\{<subtitle>\}}}: Subtitle.
+ \item{\jcsmacro{date\{<date>\}}}: Date of publication (optional; by default the date when the PDF file was processed is used).
\end{description}
Use \jfcsmacro{maketitle} to set the title after the above settings have been made.
@@ -232,6 +233,7 @@ A template is provided as well: \url{https://github.com/jspitz/univie-ling/raw/m
\raggedright
\begin{itemize}
+ \item 2022/02/05 (v.\,1.17) Allow to set fixed publication date via \jcsmacro{date} in titling.
\item 2021/11/03 (v.\,1.16) No change to this class.
\item 2021/10/19 (v.\,1.15) Allow for slanted/bold IPA.
\item 2021/09/01 (v.\,1.14) Update editorial board.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-expose.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-expose.cls
index da8d92a1bf..ec67e415cf 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-expose.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-expose.cls
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{univie-ling-expose}[2021/11/03 v1.16 Univie Linguistic Exposes (JSp)]
+\ProvidesPackage{univie-ling-expose}[2022/02/05 v1.17 Univie Linguistic Exposes (JSp)]
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
% apa=<true|false>
% Load APA style
\define@boolkey+{uvt}{apa}[true]{%
- \ifKV@uvt@biblatex
+ \ifKV@uvt@apa
\apatrue
\else
\apafalse
@@ -459,8 +459,11 @@
\vspace{2\baselineskip}
\begin{center}
{\usekomafont{tpcaption}\GetTranslation{tpcaption}\par}
- {\usekomafont{title}{\enquote{\@title%
- \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else\\\@subtitle\fi}\par}}%
+ {\ifx\@title\@empty\else
+ \usekomafont{title}{\enquote{\@title%
+ \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else\\\@subtitle\fi}\par}%
+ \fi
+ }
\vskip 2em
{%
{\usekomafont{tpcaption}\GetTranslation{author}\par}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-paper.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-paper.cls
index 3c06667d6e..aea817c74f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-paper.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-paper.cls
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{univie-ling-paper}[2021/11/03 v1.16 Univie Linguistic Papers (JSp)]
+\ProvidesPackage{univie-ling-paper}[2022/02/05 v1.17 Univie Linguistic Papers (JSp)]
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
% apa=<true|false>
% Load APA style
\define@boolkey+{uvt}{apa}[true]{%
- \ifKV@uvt@biblatex
+ \ifKV@uvt@apa
\apatrue
\else
\apafalse
@@ -508,9 +508,15 @@ This includes all drawings, sketches, graphics and internet sources.}
{\usekomafont{subject}{\@subject\par}}%
\vskip 3em
\fi
- {\usekomafont{title}{\enquote{\@title%
- \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else\\\@subtitle\fi}\par}}%
- {\ifx\@course\@empty\else\vskip 2em\usekomafont{course}{\lectypeverb\par\emph{\@course}\par(\lecsemshort~\@semester)\par}\fi}%
+ {\ifx\@title\@empty\else
+ \usekomafont{title}{\enquote{\@title%
+ \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else\\\@subtitle\fi}\par}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {\ifx\@course\@empty\else\vskip 2em%
+ \usekomafont{course}{\lectypeverb\par\emph{\@course}\par(\lecsemshort~\@semester)\par}%
+ \fi%
+ }%
\vskip 2em
{%
\GetTranslation{author}\par
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-thesis.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-thesis.cls
index ce9906f50d..f0db154435 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-thesis.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-thesis.cls
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{univie-ling-thesis}[2021/11/03 v1.16 Univie Linguistic Theses (JSp)]
+\ProvidesPackage{univie-ling-thesis}[2022/02/05 v1.17 Univie Linguistic Theses (JSp)]
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
% apa=<true|false>
% Load APA style
\define@boolkey+{uvt}{apa}[true]{%
- \ifKV@uvt@biblatex
+ \ifKV@uvt@apa
\apatrue
\else
\apafalse
@@ -554,9 +554,15 @@ This includes all drawings, sketches, graphics and internet sources.}
\vspace{2\baselineskip}
\begin{center}
{\usekomafont{tpcaption}Titel der \@thesistype\,/\,Title of the \@thesistype@en\par}
- {\usekomafont{title}{\enquote{\@title%
- \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else\\\@subtitle\fi}\par}}%
- {\ifx\@volume\@empty\else\vskip 1em\usekomafont{baende}{Band \@volume\ von \@volumes\ Bänden\,/\,volume \@volume\ of \@volumes\ volumes}\fi}%
+ {\ifx\@title\@empty\else
+ \usekomafont{title}{\enquote{\@title%
+ \ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else\\\@subtitle\fi}\par}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {\ifx\@volume\@empty\else%
+ \vskip 1em\usekomafont{baende}{Band \@volume\ von \@volumes\ Bänden\,/\,volume \@volume\ of \@volumes\ volumes}%
+ \fi%
+ }%
\vskip 2em
{%
{\usekomafont{tpcaption}verfasst von\,/\,submitted by\par}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-wlg.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-wlg.cls
index e95c3507f5..3a2db18109 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-wlg.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/univie-ling/tex/univie-ling-wlg.cls
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{univie-ling-wlg}[2021/11/03 v1.16 WLG journal layout (JSp)]
+\ProvidesPackage{univie-ling-wlg}[2022/02/05 v1.17 WLG journal layout (JSp)]
%% ============================================================
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ pdfborder={0 0 0}
\hypersetup{pdfauthor=\@author,
pdftitle={\@@title\ -- WLG \@issue\ (\@pubyear)}}
\lofoot[\scriptsize\expandafter\url{\wlgurl/fileadmin/user_upload/p_wlg/\@issue\@pubyear/\ljobname.pdf}\\
- \translate{published} \today]{}
+ \translate{published} \@date]{}
\par
\@tempcnta=%
#1%